AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 12th Lesson Electromagnetism

10th Class Physics 12th Lesson Electromagnetism Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
How do electric appliances work?
Answer:
Electrical appliances work due to the electric force. Electrical force works in displacing the charges. Electric force is independent of the state of rest or the motion of the charged particle. Electric motor, washing machine are some of the examples of electric appliances.

Question 2.
How do electromagnets work?
Answer:
An electromagnet acquires the magnetic properties only when electric current is passed through the solenoid. Once the current is switched off, it almost loses its magnetic properties as retentivity of soft iron is very low. The strength of the electromagnet depends upon number of turns per unit length of the solenoid and the current through the solenoid.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 3.
Is there any relation between electricity and magnetism?
Answer:
The first evidence that there exists such a relationship between electricity and magnetism was observed by Oersted. When current carrying conductor was parallel to the axis of the needle, and the needle was deflected. This was much against his expectations. On reversing the direction of the current the needle moved in opposite direction.

Question 4.
Can we produce magnetism from electricity?
Answer:
We can produce magnetism from electronic current. Ampere with his Ampere’s swimming rule explained the direction of electric current and the deflection of magnetic needle.

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
Are the magnetic field lines closed? Explain. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 1

  • Magnetic field lines are closed.
  • If we observe the field lines formed by a current carrying straight wire, circular field lines are formed. They are closed circles.
  • If we observe the field lines by a current carrying solenoid the field lines out side the solenoid are continuous with those inside.
  • Thus the magnetic field lines are closed loops.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 2

Question 2.
See figure, magnetic lines are shown. What is the direction of the current flowing through the wire? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 3
Answer:
If field lines are in anti-clockwise direction as shown in the diagram, the direction of current is vertically upwards. This can be demonstrated with right hand thumb rule.

Question 3.
A bar magnet with north pole facing towards a coil moves as shown in figure. What happens to the magnetic flux passing through the coil? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 4
(OR)
Why would induced current be generated in the coil when a north pole of a bar magnet pushed into it ?
Answer:
If north pole of the magnet moves towards the coil, there is a continuous change of magnetic flux linked with closed coil, then current is generated in the coil.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 4.
A coil is kept perpendicular to page. At P, current flows into the page and at Q it comes out of the page as shown in figure. What is the direction of magnetic field due to the coil? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 5
Answer:
At the top, anti-clockwise direction.
At the bottom, clockwise direction.
Try This:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 23
Take a test tube and wound minimum 50 turns of 24 guage insulated copper wire with 2cms length at the centre of test tube as shown in figure, ‘l Now solenoid is ready. Take 3cms length of iron nail and make it floats on water with appropriate foam (thermocol) on the water. Now connect the j two ends of solenoid two 3-6 volts battery eliminator and switch on the eliminator. You can observe the motion of the nail towards the solenoid. (If not move decrease the water level or increase the potential).
Try to explain motion of the nail into the water using solenoid concept.

Question 5.
The direction of current flowing in a coil is shown in the figure. What type of magnetic pole is formed at the face that has flow of current as shown in the figure? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 6
Answer:
North. Since the current in the coil flows in anti-clockwise direction, north pole is formed at the face we are watching. AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 9

Question 6.
Why does the picture appear distorted when a bar magnet is brought close to the screen of a television? Explain. (AS1)
(OR)
Explain magnetic force on moving charge and current carrying wire.
(OR)
What happens when you bring a bar magnet near a picture of TV screen ? What inference do you conclude from this activity?
Answer:
This is due to the fact that magnetic field exerts a force on the moving charge.

TV screen Activity :

  • Take a bar magnet and bring it near the TV screen.
  • Then the picture on the screen is distorted.
  • Here the distortion is due to the motion of the electrons reaching the screen are affected by the magnetic field.
  • Now move the bar magnet away from the screen.
  • Then the picture on the screen stabilizes.
  • This must be due to the fact that the magnetic field exerts a force on the moving charges. This force is called magnetic force.
  • The magnitude of the force is F = Bqv where B is magnetic induction, ‘q’ is the charge and v is the velocity of the charged particle.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 7.
Symbol ‘X’ indicates the direction of a magnetic held into the page. A straight long wire carrying current along its length is kept perpendicular to the magnetic field. What is the magnitude of force experienced by the wire? In what direction does it act? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 7
Answer:
1) Magnetic force (F) experienced by the wire with the magnitude of ILB :
Here I = Current, L = Length of the wire B = Magnetic field

2) Direction of the magnetic force (F) :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 15
1) The direction of force can be find by using Right hand rule.
2) Fore finger → i (North)
Middle finger → B (into the page)
Thumb → F (Towards west parallel to the paper)

Question 8.
Explain the working of electric motor with a neat diagram. (AS1)
(OR)
Which device converts electrical energy into mechanical energy? Explain the working of that device with a neat diagram.
Answer:
Electric motor converts electrical energy into mechanical energy.
Electric motor:
It is a device which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy.

Principle :
It is based on the principle that a current carrying conductor placed perpendicular to the magnetic field experiences a force.

Construction :
a) Armature coil:
It contains a single loop of an insulated copper wire in the form of a rectangle.

b) Strong magnetic field :
Armature coil is placed between two permanent poles (N & S) of a strong magnet.

c) Slip-ring Commutator:
It consists of two halves (C1 and C2) of a metallic ring. The two ends of the armature coil are connected to these two halves of the ring. Commutator reverses the direction of current in the armature coil.

d) Brushes:
Two carbon brushes B1 and B2 press against the commutator. These brushes act as the contact between the commutator and terminals of the battery.

e) Battery :
A battery is connected across the carbon brushes. The battery supplies the current to the armature coil.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 10
Working and Theory :

  1. When current flows through the coil, AB and CD experience magnetic force.
  2. In the arm, AB of the coil experiences a force in one direction, similarly, in CD it experiences in opposite direction.
  3. These two equal and opposite forces constitute a couple; which rotates the coil.
  4. At this position, the supply of current to the coil is cut off because contacts of commutator and brushes break.
  5. Hence no force acts on the arms of the coil.
  6. The coil will not come to rest because of rotational inertia of motion, till the commutator again comes in contact with the brushes B1 and B2.
  7. Now the direction of the current in the arms AB and CD is reversed.
  8. Then the couple again rotates in opposite direction.
  9. The coil of DC motor continues to rotate in the same direction. Hence electrical energy is converted into mechanical energy.
  10. The speed of rotation of the motor depends on
    a) current through the armature
    b) number of turns of the coil
    c) area of the coil
    d) magnetic induction.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 9.
Derive Faraday’slaw of induction from law of conservation of energy. (AS1)
Answer:
Faraday’s law :
Whenever there is a continuous change in magnetic flux linked with coil closed the current is generated in the coil.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 16

  • Consider a pair of parallel bare conductors which are separated by 7′ meters.
  • They are placed in uniform magnetic field of induction ‘B’ supplied by ‘N’ and ‘S’ poles of the magnet.
  • A galvanometer is connected to the ends of the parallel conductors.
  • We can close the circuit by touching the parallel conductor with another bare conductor which is taken in our hand.
  • If we move our hand to the left, the galvanometer needle will deflect in one direction.
  • If we move our hand to the right, the needle in the galvanometer moves in opposite direction.
  • A current will be set up in the circuit only when there is an EMF in the circuit. Let EMF be ‘ε’.
  • The principle of conservation energy tells us that this electric energy must come from the work that we have done in moving the cross wire.

Question 10.
The value of magnetic field induction which is uniform is 2T. What is the flux passing through a surface of area 1.5 m2 perpendicular to the field? (AS1)
Answer:
B = 2T ; Φ == ? ; A = 1.5 m²
We know B = \(\frac{\phi}{\mathrm{A}}\)
or Φ = BA = 2 × 1.5 =3 Webers

Question 11.
An 8N force acts on a rectangular conductor 20 cm long placed perpendicular to a magnetic field. Determine the magnetic field induction if the current in the conductor is 40 A. (AS1)
Answer:
F = 8N ; l = 20 cm or 20 × 10-2 m ; B = ? ; i = 40 Amp
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 33

Question 12.
Explain with the help of two activities that current carrying wire produces magne tic field. (AS1)
(OR)
How can you verify that a current carrying wire produces a magnetic field with the help of experiment?
Answer:
Activity – 1
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 17

  • Take a thermocole sheet and fix two thin sticks ol height 1cm.
  • Join the two sticks with the help of copper wire.
  • Take a battery, tap key and connect them in series with the copper wire which is thin.
  • Keep a marine compass needle beneath the wire.
  • If you press the tap key, current flows in the copper wire.
  • Immediately the magnetic needle gets deflected.
  • This indicates that the magnetic field is increased when current flows through the conductor.

Activity – 2
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 18

  • Take a wooden plank and make a hole.
  • Place the plank on the table.
  • Place the retort stand on it.
  • Pass copper wire through the hole.
  • Connect the two ends of the wire with battery through switch.
  • Place some compass needle around the hole.
  • When the current flows the magnetic needle deflects.
  • We can verify this by changing the direction of current.
  • So we can conclude the magnetic field surrounds a current carrying conductor.

Question 13.
How do you verify experimentally that the current carrying conductor experiences a force when it is kept in magnetic field? (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 11

  1. A copper wire is passed through splits of wooden sticks.
  2. Connect the wire to 3 volts battery.
  3. Close the switch of the battery and pass the current.
  4. Bring the horse-shoe magnet near the wire.
  5. Then a force is experienced on the wire.
  6. Reverse the polarities of the magnet, then the direction of the force is also reversed.
  7. The right hand rule helps the direction of flow of current and the direction of current.

Question 14.
Explain Faraday’s law of induction with the help of an activity. (AS1)
(OR)
Write an activity which proves changing magnetic flux produces induced current in the circuit.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 12

  • Connect the terminals of a coil to a sensitive ammeter.
  • Push a bar magnet towards the coil, with its north pole facing the coil, the needle in the galvanometer deflects.
  • It shows that a current is set up in the coil.
  • The galvanometer does not deflect if the magnet is at rest.
  • If the magnet is moved away from the coil, the needle in the galvanometer again deflects in opposite direction.
  • Further this experiment enables us to understand that the relative motion of the magnet and coil set up a current in the coil. It makes no difference whether the magnet is moved towards the coil. This is one form of Faraday’s law.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 15.
Explain the working of AC electric generator with a neat diagram. (AS1)
(OR)
Which device converts mechanical energy into electrical energy? Explain the working of that device with a neat diagram.
Answer:
Generator converts mechanical energy into electrical energy.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 13

  • As armature is rotated about an axis, the magnetic flux linked with armature changes. Therefore, an induced current is produced in the armature.
  • If the armature rotates in anti-clockwise direction, from Flemming’s right hand rule the direction of current and deflection of the coil are noted.
  • Alter armature has turned through 180°, it occupies another position.
  • By applying Flemming’s right hand rule we can find the direction of current and deflection of the needle.
  • Hence we can conclude the induced current is alternating in nature.

Question 16.
Explain the working of DC generator with a neat diagram. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 14

  • The principle and working of D.C generator is same as that of AC generator except that in place of slip – rings as sliding contacts, we have a slip-ring or a commutator.
  • In a slip ring, there are two half rings.
  • The ends of armature coil are connected to these rings and these rings rotate the armature.
  • By using slip-ring, the direction of induced current does not change in the external circuit throughout the complete rotation of the armature. In other words, the current in the external circuit always flows in the same direction. Hence the induced current is unidirectional.

Question 17.
Rajkumar said to you that the magnetic field lines are open and they start at north pole of bar magnet and end at south pole. What questions do you ask Rajkumar to correct him by saying “field lines are closed”? (AS2)
Answer:

  • If the magnetic field lines start at north pole and end at south pole, where do the lines go from south pole?
  • What is happening within the bar magnet?
  • Are the magnetic field lines passing through bar magnet?
  • What is the direction of magnetic field lines inside the bar magnet? (Recall the solenoid activity).
  • Can you say now, that the magnetic field lines are open?

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 18.
As shown in figure, both coil and bar magnet move in the same direction. Your friend is arguing that there is no change in flux. Do you agree with his statement? If not, what doubts do you have? Frame questions about the doubts you have regarding change in flux. (AS2)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 8
Answer:

  • What happens if both magnet and coil move in same direction?
  • What happens if both magnet and coil move in opposite direction?
  • What is the direction of the current in the coil?
  • If both move in same direction, is there any linkage of flux with the coil?
  • When ‘N’ pole is moved towards the coil what is the direction of current?
  • If magnet is reversed, what is the direction of current in the coil?

Question 19.
What experiment do you suggest to understand Faraday’s law? What items are required? What suggestions do you give to get good results of the experiment? Give precautions also. (AS3)
Answer:
Aim :
To understand Faraday’s law of induction.

Materials required :
A coil of copper wire, a bar magnet, Galvanometer, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 12
Procedure :

  1. Connect the terminal of a coil to a sensitive galvanometer as shown in the figure.
  2. Normally, we would not expect any deflections of needle in the galvanometer because there is to be no electromotive force in this circuit.
  3. Now if we push a bar magnet towards the coil, with its north pole facing the coil, we observe the needle in the galvanometer deflects, showing that a current is set up in the coil.
  4. The galvanometer does not deflect if the magnet is at rest.
  5. If the magnet is moved away from the coil, the needle in the galvanometer again deflects, but in the opposite direction, which means that a current is set up in the coil in the opposite direction.
  6. If we use the end of south pole of a magnet instead of north pole in the above activity, the deflections are exactly reversed.
  7. This experiment proves “whenever there is a continuous change of magnetic flux linked with a closed coil, a current is generated in the coil”.

Precautions :

  1. The coil should be kept on an insulating surface.
  2. Bar magnet should be of good magnetic moment.
  3. The centre of the galvanometer scale must be zero.
  4. The deflections in the galvanometer must be observed while introducing the bar magnet into the coil and also while withdrawing it.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 20.
How can you verify that a current carrying wire produces a magnetic field with the help of an experiment? (AS3)
Answer:
Experiment:

  • Take a thermocole sheet and fix two thin wooden sticks of height 1cm.
  • These sticks are joined with the help of a copper wire.
  • Connect battery and tap key to this copper wire.
  • Place a magnetic compass beneath the wire.
  • Now press the tap key and allow the current through the wire. It is observed that magnetic needle deflects.
  • If you change the direction of the current, the direction of deflection of needle also changes.
  • So we can say current carrying conductor produces magnetic field.

Question 21.
Collect information about generation of current by using Faraday’s law. (AS4)
Answer:
Faraday’s law is useful in generation of current.

  1. According to this law, the change in magnetic flux induces EMF in the coil.
  2. Fie also proposed electromagnetic induction.
  3. Electromagnetic induction is a base for generator, which produces electric current.
  4. Transformer also works on the principle of electromagnetic induction, which is helpful in transmission of electricity.
  5. Hence Faraday’s law is used in the generation and transmission of current.

Question 22.
Collect information about material required and procedure of making a simple electric motor from internet and make a simple ntotor on your own. (AS4)
Answer:
Aim :
Preparation of a simple electric motor.

Material requried :
A wire of nearly 15 cm, 1.5v Battery, Iron nail, strong magnet, paper clip.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 19
Procedure:

  1. Attach the magnet to the head of the iron nail.
  2. Attach a paper clip to the open end of the magnet.
  3. Now attach the other end of the nail (Free end) to the cap (positive terminal) of the battery.
  4. Now connect the negative terminal of the battery and the head of the iron nail through a wire.
  5. We observe that the paper clip rotates.

Another model:
Materials required :
1.5 m enamelled copper wire (about 25 gauge), 2 safety pins,
1.5 v battery, magnets, rubber bands or bands cut from cycle tube.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 20 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 21
Procedure :

  1. Wind copper wire on the battery nearly 10 – 15 turns to make a coil.
  2. Remove the coil and fix the ends as shown in the figure.
  3. Scrape the insulation com¬pletely on one end of the coil.
  4. Scrape the insulation on top, left and right of the other end. The bottom should be insulated.
  5. Now complete the electric mo¬tor as shown in the figure. “5

Question 23.
Collect information of experiments done by Faraday. (AS4)
Answer:
Experiment – 1
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 12

  1. Connect the terminals of a coil to a sensitive galvanometer as shown in the figure.
  2. Normally, we would not expect any deflection of needle in the galvanometer because there is no EMF in the circuit.
  3. Now, if we push a bar magnet towards the coil, with its north pole facing the coil, the needle in the galvanometer deflects, showing that a current has been set up in the coil, the galvanometer does not deflect if the magnet is at rest.
  4. If the magnet is moved away from the coil, the needle in the galvanometer again deflects, but in the opposite direction, which means that a current is set up in the coil in the opposite direction.
  5. If we use the end of south pole of a magnet instead of north pole, the results i.e., the deflections in galvanometer are exactly opposite to the previous one.
  6. This activity proves that the change in magnetic flux linked with a closed coil, produces current.
  7. From this Faraday’s law of induction can be stated as “whenever there is a continuous change of magnetic flux linked with a closed coil, a current is generated in the coil”. This induced EMF is equal to the rate of change of magnetic flux passing through it.

Experiment – 2
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 22

  1. Prepare a coil of copper wire C1 and connect the two ends of the coil to a galvanometer.
  2. Prepare another coil of copper wire similar to C2 and connect the two ends of the coil to a battery via switch.
  3. Now arrange the two coils C1 and C2 nearby as shown in the figure.
  4. Now switch on the coil C2. We observe a deflection in the galvanometer connected to the coil C1.
  5. The steady current in C2 produces steady magnetic field. As coil C2 is moved towards the coil C1 the galvanometer shows a deflection.
  6. This indicates that electric current is induced in coil C1.
  7. When C2 is moved away, the galvanometer shows a deflection again, but this time in the opposite direction.
  8. The deflection lasts as long as coil C2 is in motion.
  9. When C2 is fixed and C1 is moved, the same effects are observed.
  10. This shows the induced EMF due to relative motion between two coils.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 24.
Draw a neat diagram of electric motor. Name the parts. (AS5)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 10

Question 25.
Draw a neat diagram of an AC generator. (AS5)
(OR)
Draw the diagram of electric generator and label its parts. A.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 13

Question 26.
How do you appreciate the Faraday’s law, which is the consequence of conservation of energy? (AS6)
Answer:

  • Law of conservation of energy says energy neither be created nor be destroyed, but can be converted from one form to another.
  • Faraday’s law says whenever there is a continuous change of magnetic flux linked with a closed coil, a current is generated in the coil. This induced EMF is equal to the rate of change of magnetic flux passing through it.
  • We have to do some work to move the magnet through a coil. This work produces energy.
  • This energy is converted into electrical energy in the coil.
  • In this way conservation of energy takes place in electromagnetic induction.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 27.
How do you appreciate the relation between magnetic field and electricity that changed the lifestyle of mankind? (AS6)
Answer:

  • Changing life style of mankind is a result of many inventions, utilising a lot of scientific principles.
  • Scientists all ways going on searching for new principles and new applications to make our life more comfortable.
  • If you consider electricity, right from amber stone to nuclear power, so many changes have been incorporated.
  • The idea of Oersted and Faraday that current carrying wire produces electricity and electromagnetic induction, enable us to use electric motors, generators, fans, mixers, grinders, induction stoves, etc.
  • All these appliances makes our life more comfortable. Hence Faraday and Oersted rendered a lot of servies in this field.
  • Hence, I appreciate the relation between magnetic field and electricity that changed the life style of mankind.
    So if current is more, induction is also more.

Question 28.
Give a few applications of Faraday’s law of induction in daily life. (AS7)
Answer:
Applications:
The daily life applications of Faraday’s law of induction are

  1. Generation of electricity
  2. Transmission of electricity
  3. Metal detectors in security checking
  4. The tape recorder
  5. Use of ATM cards
  6. Induction stoves
  7. Transformers
  8. Induction coils (spark plugs in automobiles)
  9. Break system in railway wheels
  10. AC and DC generators
  11. Windmills, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 29.
Which of the various methods of current generation protects the nature well? Give examples to support your answer. (AS7)
Answer:
Windmill :

  • Electricity is produced when an armature of a generator rotates between two poles of a strong magnet.
  • Whereas when wind falls on the wheel of a windmill, it rotates. So the armature of the generator rotates between two poles of a magnet along with the rotation of the wheel of the windmill.
  • Thus electric current is produced.
  • This is how, KE of the wind is converted into electric energy.

Advantages :
Wind energy produces no smoke and no harmful gases. So this form of energy is pollution free or environment-friendly.

Fill in The Blanks

1. The SI unit of magnetic field induction is ………………….
2. Magnetic flux is the product of magnetic field induction and …………………
3. The charge is moving along the direction of magnetic field. Then force acting on it is ………………..
4. A current carrying wire of length L is placed perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B. Then the force acting on the wire with current I is ……………..
5. Faraday’s law of induction is the consequence of …………………
Answer:

  1. weber/m² (or) Tesla
  2. area
  3. zero
  4. ILB
  5. Law of conservation of energy

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy?
A) motor
B) battery
C) generator
D) switch
Answer:
A) motor

2. Waich converts mechanical energy into electrical energy?
(OR)
The device used to convert mechanical energy into electrical energy among the following is
A) motor
B) battery
C) generator
D) switch
Answer:
C) generator

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

3. The magnetic force on a current carrying wire placed in uniform magnetic field if the wire is oriented perpendicular to magnetic field, is
A) 0
B) ILB
C) 2ILB
D) ILB/2
Answer:
B) ILB

10th Class Physics 12th Lesson Electromagnetism InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 221

Question 1.
Why does the needle get deflected by the magnet?
Answer:
Because of strength of the magnetic field of the magnet, the needle gets deflected since it is in the field.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 213

Question 2.
How can we find the strength of the field and direction of the field?
Answer:
We can find the strength of the field with magnetic flux and the direction of the field from the tangent drawn to the line of force.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 214

Question 3.
Can we give certain values to magnitude of the field at every point in the magnetic field?
Answer:
In uniform magnetic field it is same whereas in non-uniform magnetic field it is different.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 215

Question 4.
What is the flux through unit area perpendicular to the field?
Answer:
Flux density or magnetic induction.

Question 5.
Can we generalize the formula of flux for any orientation of the plane taken in the field?
Answer:
Yes, Φ = BA cos θ

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 6.
What is the flux through the plane taken parallel to the field?
Answer:
Magnetic flux (or) Magnetic field.

Question 7.
What is the use of introducing the ideas of magnetic flux and magnetic flux density?
Answer:
Magnetic flux and flux density help in understanding the concept of electromagnetic induction and relation between electricity and magnetism.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 8.
Are there any sources of magnetic field other than magnets?
Answer:
Current carrying straight wires and loops act as sources of magnetic filed.

Question 9.
Do you know how old electric calling bells work?
Answer:
Yes. They work on the principle of magnetic effect of electric currents.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 218

Question 10.
What happens when a current carrying wire is kept in a magnetic field?
Answer:

  • Magnetic field applies force on current carrying wire.
  • So it gets deflected and the direction of deflection is given by right hand rule.
  • Or there will be no force acting on the wire when wire is in the direction of the field.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 219

Question 11.
Do you feel any sensation on your skin?
Answer:
Yes. The hair on my skin rises up when I stand near TV screen.

Question 12.
What could be the reason for that?
Answer:
It is due to the magnetic field produced by electric charges in motion.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 13.
Why does the picture get distorted?
Answer:
Due to motion of electrons that form the picture is affected by the magnetic field of bar magnet.

Question 14.
Is the motion of electrons reaching the screen affected by the magnetic field of the bar magnet?
Answer:
Yes. The motion of electrons reaching the screen is affected by the magnetic field of the bar magnet.

Question 15.
Can we calculate the force experienced by a charge moving in a magnetic field?
Answer:
Yes, If the force is F, it is given by the expression F = qvB.

Question 16.
Can we generalize the equation for magnetic force on charge when there is an angle ‘0’ between the directions of field “B” and velocity “v”?
Answer:
No, Then force F is given by the formula F = qvB sin θ.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 17.
What is the magnetic force on the charge moving parallel to a magnetic field?
Answer:
When the charge moves parallel to the magnetic field the value of “θ” becomes zero. In the equation F = qvB sin θ, since θ = θ, the value of force F also becomes zero.

Question 18.
What is the direction of magnetic force acting on a moving charge?
Answer:
By applying right hand rule we can guess the direction of magnetic force acting on a moving charge is the “thumb” direction.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 221

Question 19.
Can you determine the magnetic force on a current carrying wire which is placed along a magnetic field?
Answer:
F = BIl sin θ. If the current carrying wire is placed along direction field θ = 0.
∴ F = 0

Question 20.
What is the force on the wire if its length makes an angle ‘θ’ with the magnetic field?
Answer:
F = Bqv sin θ or F = Bil sin θ, where ‘i’ is current. WorhA
Here B = magnetic induction, q = charge, v = velocity of the charge and ‘θ’ is the angle between direction of field and velocity.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 222

Question 21.
How could you find its (current carrying wire) direction?
Answer:
We can find by using right hand rule.

Question 22.
Is the direction of deflection observed experimentally same as that of the theoretically expected one?
Answer:
Yes. But it depends on polarities of the horse shoe magnet.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 23.
Does the right hand rule give the explanation for the direction of magnetic force exerted by magnetic field on the wire?
Answer:
The right hand rule does not help us to explain the reason for deflection of wire.

Question 24.
Can you give a reason for it (deflection of wire)?
Answer:
There exists only magnetic field due to external source. When there is a current in the wire, it also produces a magnetic field. These fields overlap and give non-uniform field. This is the reason for it.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 223

Question 25.
Does this deflection fit with the direction of magnetic force found by right hand rule?
Answer:
Yes. This deflection fits with the direction of magnetic force found by right hand rule.

Question 26.
What happens when a current carrying coil is placed in a uniform magnetic field?
Answer:
It gets deflected since magnetic lines of force are perpendicular to the length of the coil.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 27.
Can we use this knowledge to construct an electric motor?
Answer:
Yes. This is the principle of electric motor.

Question 28.
What is the angle made by AB and CD with magnetic field?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 30
AB and CD are at right angles to the magnetic field.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 224

Question 29.
Can you draw the direction of magnetic force on sides AB and CD?
Answer:
Yes. The direction of magnetic force on sides AB and CD can be determined by applying right hand rule.

Question 30.
What are the directions of forces on BC and DA?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 31
ADBC, magnetic force pulls the coil up and at DA magnetic force pulls it down.

Question 31.
What is the net force on the rectangular coil?
Answer:
Net force on the rectangular coil is zero.

Question 32.
Why does the coil rotate?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 32
The rectangular coil rotates in clockwise direction because of equal and opposite pan’ of forces acting on the two sides of the coil.

Question 33.
What happens to the rotation of the coil if the direction of current in the coil remains unchanged?
Answer:
The coil comes to halt and rotates in anti-clockwise direction.

Question 34.
How could you make the coil rotate continuously?
Answer:
If the direction of current in coil, after the first half rotation, is reversed, the coil will continue to rotate in the same direction.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 225

Question 35.
How can we achieve this (convertion of electrical energy to mechanical energy)?
Answer:
Brushes B1 and B2 are used to achieve this.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 36.
What happens when a coil without current is made to rotate in magnetic field?
Answer:
When the coil rotated due to the change in magnetic flux electricity is generated.

Question 37.
How is current produced?
Answer:
The current is produced from the battery to the coil.

Question 38.
Why is there a difference in behaviour in these two cases?
Answer:
The A.C. supply changes its direction a number of times in a second. But D.C. is unidirectional current. So there is a difference in the behaviour of the metal ring in these two cases.

Question 39.
What force supports the ring against gravity when it is being levitated?
Answer:
The magnetic force developed in the coil of copper wire supports the ring against gravity when it is being levitated.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 226

Question 40.
Could the ring be levitated if DC is used?
Answer:
The metal ring is levitated because the net force on it should be zero according to Newton’s second law.

Question 41.
What is this unknown force acting on the metal ring?
Answer:
The change in polarities at certain intervals at the ends of the solenoid causes the unknown force acting on the metal ring.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 42.
What is responsible for the current in the metal ring?
Answer:
The field through the metal ring changes so that flux linked with the metal ring changes and this is responsible for the current in metal ring.

Question 43.
If DC is used, the metal ring lifts up and falls down immediately. Why?
Answer:
The flux linked with metal ring is zero. When the switch is on, at that instant there should be a change in the flux linked with ring. So the ring rises up and falls down. If the switch is off, the metal ring again raises up and falls down. There is no change in flux linked with ring when the switch is off.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 227

Question 44.
What could you conclude from the above analysis (metal ring lifts up and falls down)?
Answer:
The relative motion of the magnet and coil sets up a current in the coil.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 228

Question 45.
What is the direction of induced current?
Answer:
The direction of the induced current is such that it opposes the charge that produced it.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 46.
Can you apply conservation of energy for electromagnetic induction?
Answer:
Yes, we can apply. The mechanical energy is converted into electrical energy.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 229

Question 47.
Can you guess what could be the direction of induced current in the coil in such case?
Answer:
The direction of the induced current in the coil must be in anti-clockwise direction.

Question 48.
Could we get Faraday’s law of induction from conservation of energy?
Answer:
Yes, we can get. Here we have to ignore the friction everywhere.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 230

Question 49.
Can you derive an expression for the force applied on crosswire by the field “B”?
Answer:
Yes. The force applied F = BIl.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 232

Question 50.
How could we use the principle of electromagnetic induction in the case of using ATM card when its magnetic strip is swiped through a scanner? Discuss with your friend or teacher.
Answer:
If the card is moved through a card reader, then a change in magnetic flux is produced in one direction, which induced potential or EMF. The current received by the pickup coil goes through signal amplification and translated into binary code, so that it can be read by computer.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 51.
What happens when a coil is continuously rotated in a uniform magnetic field?
Answer:
An induced current is generated in the coil.

Question 52.
Does it (continuous rotation of coil) help us to generate electric current?
Answer:
Yes. Continuous rotation of coil helps us to generate electric current.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 233

Question 53.
Is the direction of current induced in the coil constant? Does it change?
Answer:
Yes, it changes. When the coil is at rest in vertical position, with side (A) of coil at top position side (B) at bottom position, no current will be induced in it.

Question 54.
Can you guess the reason for variation of current from zero to maximum and vice-versa during the rotation of coil?
Answer:
The reason for variation of current from zero to maximum and vice-versa during the rotation of coil current generated follows the same pattern so that in first half except that the direction of current is reversed.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 55.
Can we make use of this current? If so, how?
Answer:
Two carbon brushes are arranged in such a way that they press the slip rings to obtain current from the coil. When these brushes are connected to external devices like TV, Radio we can make them work with current supplied from ends of carbon brushes.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 234

Question 56.
How can we get DC current using a generator?
Answer:
By connecting two half-slip rings instead of a slip ring commutator on either side to the ends of the coil we can get D.C. current.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism

Question 57.
What changes do we need to make in an AC generator to be converted into a DC generator?
Answer:
Instead of two slip rings, we have to use a slip ring commutator to change A.C. generator into a D.C. generator.

10th Class Physics 12th Lesson Electromagnetism Activities

Activity – 2

Question 1.
Show that the magnetic field around a bar magnet is three dimensional and its strength and direction varies from place to place.
Answer:

  • Take a sheet of white paper and place it on the horizontal table.
  • Place a bar magnet in the middle of the sheet.
  • Place a magnetic compass near the magnet it settles to a certain direction.
  • Use a pencil and put dots on the sheet on either side of the needle. Remove the compass. Draw a small line segment connecting the two dots. Draw an arrow on it from south pole of the needle to north pole of the needle.
  • Repeat the same by placing the compass needle at various positions on the paper. The compass needle settles in different directions at different positions.
  • This shows that the direction of magnetic field due to a bar magnet varies from place to place.
  • Now take the compass needle to places far away from magnet, on the sheet and observe the orientation of the compass needle in each case.
  • The compass needle shows almost the same direction along north and soiath at places far from the magnet.
  • This shows that the strength of the field varies with distance from the bar magnet.
  • Now hold the compass a little above the table and at the top of the bar magnet.
  • We observe the deflection in compass needle. Hence we can say that the mag¬netic field is three dimensional i.e., magnetic field surrounds its source.
  • From the above activities we can generalize that a magnetic field exists in the region surrounding a bar magnet and is characterized by strength and direction.

Activity – 3

Question 2.
Explain how you draw magnetic lines of force in the magnetic field.
(OR)
What is the name given to the imaginary lines joining from north pole to south pole of a bar magnet called? Explain how you can draw those lines around a bar magnet.
Answer;
These lines are called magnetic lines of forces.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 24

Procedure:

  1. Take a white drawing sheet.
  2. Place a marine compass at the centre of the sheet.
  3. Draw a line which shows north and south of the earth on the drawing sheet.
  4. Now remove the compass needle and place a bar magnet at the centre of the sheet showing north of the bar magnet pointing north of the earth.
  5. Place the magnetic compass near the bar magnet without contact. The needle comes to rest after oscillations.
  6. Locate the end of the pointer with pencil. Now place the compass needle at this point and once again notice the end of the pointer.
  7. We can repeat the same around the magnet, and draw all the points with the help of the pencil.
  8. We can draw the lines taking the needle too far to the magnet and we can observe the orientation of needle of compass.
  9. So we can conclude that the strength of field varies with distance from the bar magnet.
  10. These lines of force are from north of the bar magnet to south of the bar magnet.

Activity – 4

Question 3.
Explain the direction of magnetic field around the straight conductor carrying current.
(OR)
What field would be formed around straight conductor carrying current? How do you find the direction of that field experimentally?
Answer:
Magnetic field would be formed around current carrying conductor.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 18AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 25

Procedure:

  1. Take a wooden plank and make a hole and place il on the table.
  2. Place a stand on the plants, and suspend a c opper wire from the stand and see that it passes through the hole made to the plank.
  3. Connect a battery and switch to this wire in series. Place some magnetic needle at the hole.
  4. If the current is passed through the wire, the magnetic needle deflects and it is directed as the tangent to the circle
  5. If the current flows in downward direction, the field lines are in anti-clockwise direction and if the current flows in upward direction, the field lines are in clockwise direction.
  6. The direction ol the current and magnetic fines of force can be easily explained with the help of right hand thu mb rule. If you hold the current carrying conductor with your right hand grip stretching the thumb, the direction of the I humb shows the direction of the current, the direction of the other four fingers shows direction of magnetic lines of force.

Activity 5

Question 4.
Explain the direction of magnetic field due to circular coil.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 26 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 27
Procedure :

  1. Take a thin wooden plank and cover it with whitepaper.
  2. Make two holes to the plank and pass insulated copper wire through the holes and wind the wire 4 to 5 times through the holes such that it looks like a coil.
  3. The ends of the wire are connected to the battery terminals.
  4. Now place a compass needle at the centre of the coil.
  5. Put dots on either side of the compass. Repeat this by keeping at the dots. We can observe that field lines are circular.
  6. Here the direction of the field is perpendicular to the plane of the coil.
  7. The direction of the magnetic field due to coil points towards you when the current in the coil is in anti-clockwise direction.
  8. When you curl your right hand fingers in the direction of current, thumb gives the direction of magnetic field.

Activity – 6

Question 5.
Explain the magnetic field due to solenoid.
(OR)
What is the name given to the device which is a long wire wound in a close pack helix? Find the direction of magnetic field around that device.
Answer:
It is called solenoid.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 28
Procedure :

  1. Take a wooden plank covered with white paper.
  2. Make holes on its surface.
  3. Pass copper wire through the holes.
  4. Join the ends of the coil to a battery through a switch.
  5. Current passes through the coil, when we switch on the circuit.
  6. Now sprinkle iron filings on the surface of the plank, around the coil. Then orderly pattern of iron filings is seen on the paper.
  7. The iron filings arrange themselves in orderly way and look like lines of force.
  8. The long coil is known as solenoid. The direction of the field due to solenoid is determined by using right hand rule.
  9. One end of the solenoid behaves like a north pole and the other behaves like south pole.
  10. Outside the solenoid the direction of the field lines of force is from north to south while inside the direction is from south to north. Thus the magnetic field lines are closed loops.
  11. Hence electric charges in motion produce magnetic field.

Activity – 8

Question 6.
Explain the field lines due to horse-shoe magnet between its poles.
(OR)
Which field is set up between poles of a horse-shoe magnet? Explain the field lines due to horse magnet between its poles.
Answer:
Non-uniform magnet is set up between poles of a horse shoe magnet.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 11

Procedure :

  1. The field in between north and south pole of horse-shoe magnet are straight and parallel.
  2. If the wire is passing perpendicular to the paper, the magnetic lines of force are concentric circles, when the current is passed.
  3. The direction of field lines due to the wire in upper part coincides with the direction of field lines of horse-shoe magnet.
  4. The direction of field lines by the wire in lower part is opposite to the direction of field lines of horse-shoe magnet.
  5. Hence the net field in upper part is strong and in the lower part is weak.
  6. Hence a non-uniform field is created around the wire.

Activity – 9

Question 7.
Explain electromagnetic induction.
(OR)
Which current will levitate the ring in the following figure? Explain the experimental activity.
Answer:
AC will levitate the ring.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 12 Electromagnetism 29

Procedure :

  1. Fix a soft iron cylinder on the wooden base vertically.
  2. Wind copper wme around the soft iron.
  3. Take a metal ring which is slightly greater in radius than the radius of soft iron cylinder and insert it through the soft iron cylinder.
  4. Connect the ends of the coil to an AC source and switch on the current.
  5. Here metal ring levitates on the coil (appears to rise and floats in the air).
  6. In this experiment we can conclude that if AC current is used, the magnetic induction changes in both magnitude and direction in the solenoid and in the ring. The field through the metal ring changes, so that flux linked with the metal ring changes.
  7. If DC current is used, the metal ring lifts up and falls down immediately.

 

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 11th Lesson Electric Current

10th Class Physics 11th Lesson Electric Current Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
What do you mean by electric current?
(OR)
Define electric current.
Answer:
Electric current is defined as the amount of charge crossing any cross-section of the conductor in one second.

Question 2.
Which type of charge (positive or negative) flows through an electric wire when it is connected in an electric circuit?
Answer:
Negative type of charge flows through an electric wire when it is connected in an electric circuit.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 3.
Is there any evidence for the motion of charge in daily life situations?
Answer:
Yes, lightning is a live example.

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
Explain how electron flow causes electric current with Lorentz – Drude theory of electrons. (AS1)
(OR)
How does electron flow cattle elfectric current with Lorentz – Drude theory of electrons? Explain.
Answer:
Lorentz – Drude theory :

  1. Lorentz – Drude proposed that conductors like metals contain a large number of free electrons.
  2. The positive ions are fixed in their locations. The arrangement of the positive ions is called lattice.
  3. The negative ions (electrons) move randomly in lattice in an open circuit.
  4. When the lattice is closed the electrons are arranged in ordered motion.
  5. When the electrons are in order motion, there will be a net charge (crossing through any cross section.
  6. This order motion of electrons is called electric current.

Question 2.
How does a battery work? Explain. (AS1)
(OR)
How does a battery maintain a constant potential difference between its terminals?
Answer:
Working of a battery :

  • A battery consists of two metal plates (positive electrode = anode and negative electrode = cathode) and a chemical (electrolyte).
  • The electrolyte between the two metal plates consists of positive and negative ions which move in opposite directions.
  • The electrolyte exerts a chemical force on these ions and makes them move in a specified direction.
  • Depending upon the nature of the chemical, positive ions move towards one of the plates and accumulate on that plate.
  • As a result of this accumulation of charges on this plate it becomes anode.
  • Negative ions move in a direction opposite to the motion of positive ions and accumulate on the other plate.
  • As a result of this the plate becomes negatively charged called cathode.
  • This accumulation of different charges on respective plates continues till both plates are sufficiently charged.
  • But the ions in motion experience electric force when sufficient number of charges are accumulated on the plates.
  • The motion of ions continues towards their respective plates till the chemical force is equal to electric force.
  • Thus the battery works.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 3.
Write the difference between potential difference and emf. (AS1)
Answer:
Potential Difference:
Work done by the electric force on unit charge is called potential difference.
\(\mathbf{V}=\frac{\mathbf{W}}{q}=\frac{\mathbf{F} l}{\mathbf{q}}\)

Electromotive force (emf):
The work done by the chemical force to move unit positive charge from negative terminal to positive terminal of the battery.
\(\varepsilon=\frac{W}{q}=\frac{F d}{q}\)

Question 4.
How can you verify that the resistance of a conductor is temperature dependent? (AS1)
(OR)
How do you prove increase in temperature affects the resistance with an activity?
Answer:
Resistance :
The resistance of a conductor is the obstruction offered to the flow of electrons in a conductor.

Resistance is temperature dependent:
Aim:
To show that the value of resistance of a conductor depends on temperature for constant voltage between the ends of the conductor.

Materials required :

  1. A bulb
  2. A battery
  3. Key
  4. Insulated wire
  5. Multimeter

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 18
Procedure :

  1. Take a bulb and measure the resistance when it is in open circuit using a multimeter.
  2. Note the value of resistance in your notebook.
  3. Connect a circuit with components as shown in figure.
  4. Switch on the circuit. After few minutes, measure the resistance of the bulb again.
  5. Note this value in your notebook.

Observation :

  1. The value of resistance of the bulb in second instance is more than the resistance of the bulb in open circuit.
  2. The bulb gets heated.

Result:
The increase in temperature of the filament in the bulb is responsible for increase in resistance of the bulb.

Question 5.
What do you mean by electric shock? Explain how it takes place. (AS1)
Answer:
Electric shock:
The electric shock is combined effect of potential difference, electric current, and resistance of the human body.

  • An electric shock can be experienced when there exists a potential difference between one part of the body and another part.
  • When current flows through human body, it chooses the path which offers low resistance.
  • The resistance of a body is not uniform throughout it.
  • As long as current flow continues inside the body, the current and resistance of human body go on changing inversely.
  • This is called the electric shock.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 6.
Derive \(\mathbf{R}=\frac{\rho l}{\mathbf{A}}\). (AS1)
(OR)
What are laws of resistance and derive a formula for resistance.
Answer:
Resistance of a conductor is directly proportional to the length of the conductor,
i.e., R ∝ l ………………….. (1)
Resistance of a conductor is inversely proportional to the cross-section area of the conductor.
i.e., R ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~A}}\) ………………….. (2)
From (1) and (2) R ∝ \(R \propto \frac{l}{A} \Rightarrow R=\frac{\rho l}{A}\)
where ρ is a constant,
ρ is called specific resistance or resistivity.

Question 7.
How do you verify that resistance of a conductor is proportional to the length of the conductor for constant cross-section area and temperature? (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 27

  • Collect manganin wires of different lengths with the same cross-sectional areas.
  • Make a circuit as shown in figure.
  • Connect one of the manganin wires between the ends P and Q.
  •  Measure the value of the current using the ammeter.
  • Repeat the same for other lengths of the wires.
  • Note the values of currents.
  • We notice that the current decreases with increase in the length of the wire.
    ∴ R ∝ l (at constant temperature and cross-section area) …………… (1)
  • Do the same with manganin wires with equal lengths but different cross-section area.
  • We notice that the resistance was more when the cross-section area was less.
    ∴ R ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~A}}\) ………………. (2)
    ∴ R ∝ \([latex]\frac{1}{\mathrm{~A}}\)[/latex]
    Thus we verify l and A.

Question 8.
Explain Kirchhoff’s laws with examples. (AS1)
(OR)
Write two examples of Kirchhoffs laws and explain it.
Answer:
Kirchhoff’s laws :
Two simple rules called Kirchhoff’s rules are applicable to any DC circuit containing batteries and resistors connected in any way.
The two laws are (i) Junction law and (ii) Loop law.

i) Junction law :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 2
Here P is called junction point where conducting wires meet. The junction law states that, at any junction point in a circuit where the current can divide, the sum of the currents into the junction must equal the sum of the currents leaving the junction.
i.e., I1 + I4 + I6 = I2 + I3 + I5
This law is based on the conservation of charge.

ii) Loop law:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 3
Loop law states that, the algebraic sum of the increases and decreases in potential difference (voltage) across various components of the circuit in a closed circuit loop must be zero.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 4
This law is based on the conservation of energy.

Question 9.
What is the value of 1 KWH in Joules? (AS1)
Answer:
1 KWH = 1 KW x 1h
= 1000 W × 60 min = 1000 W × 60 × 60 s = 3.6 × 106 Ws = 3.6 × 106 J.
∴ 1 KWH = 3.6 × 106 J.

Question 10.
Explain overloading of household circuit. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 5

  • Electricity enters our homes through two wires called lines. These lines have low resistance and the potential difference between the wires is usually about 240 V.
  • All electrical devices are connected in parallel in our home. Hence, the potential drop across each device is 240 V.
  • Based on the resistance of each electric device, it draws some current from the supply. Total current drawn from the mains is equal to the sum of the currents passing through each device.
  • If we add more devices to the household circuit the current drawn from the mains also increases.
  • This leads to overheating and may cause a fire. This is called “overloading”.

Question 11.
Why do we use fuses in household circuits? (AS1)
(OR)
What is the use of fuses?
Answer:

  • The fuse consists of a thin wire of low melting point.
  • When the current in the fuse exceeds 20 A, the wire will heat up and melt.
  • The circuit then becomes open and prevents the flow of current into the household circuit.
  • Hence all the electric devices are saved from damage that could be caused by overload.
  • Thus we can save the household wiring and devices by using fuses.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 12.
Deduce the expression for the equivalent resistance of three resistors connected in series. (AS1)
(OR)
Derive R = R1 + R2 + R3
(OR)
The second end of a first resistor is connected to first end of second resistor. Then how are the resistors connected? Derive the expression for the resultant resistance of this connection.
Answer:
Series connection:
In series connection of resistors, there is only one path for the flow of current in the circuit. Hence, the current in the circuit is equal to I.
According to Ohm’s law,
∴ V1 = IR1 ; V2 = IR2 and V3 = IR3.
⇒ Let R be the equivalent resistance of the combination of resistors in series.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 6
Also V = I Req
V = V1 + V2 + V3
I Req = IR1 + IR2 + IR3
⇒ I Req = I (R1 + R2 + R3)
⇒ Req = R1 + R2 + R3
∴ The sum of individual resistances is equal to their equivalent resistance when the resistors are connected in series.

Question 13.
Deduce the expression for the equivalent resistance of three resistors connected in parallel. (AS1)
(OR)
Derive : \(\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}}=\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}_{1}}+\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}_{2}}+\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}_{3}}\)
(OR)
Explain the expression for the equivalent resistance of three resistors which are connected in parallel.
(OR)
If all the first ends of resistors are connected to and second ends are connected to another point, then what type of connection is this? Derive the resultant resistance for this connection.
Answer:
Parallel Connection :
In parallel connection of resistors, there is same potential difference at the ends of the resistors. Hence the voltage in the circuit is equal to V.
Let Ip I2 and I3 be the currents flowing through R1, R2, and R3 resistors respectively.
Hence, we can write I = I1 + I2 + I3.
According to the Ohm’s law,
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 7

∴ The equivalent resistance of a parallel combination is less than the resistance of each of the resistors.

Question 14.
Silver is a better conductor of electricity than copper. Why do we use copper wire for conduction of electricity? (AS1)
Answer:
Silver is costlier than copper. So, we use copper wire for conduction of electricity even though silver is a better conductor of electricity.

Question 15.
Two bulbs have ratings 100 W, 220 V and 60 W, 220 V. Which one has the greater resistance? (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 8
∴ The second bulb possessing 60 W, 220 V has the greater resistance.

Question 16.
Why don’t we use series arrangement of electrical appliances like bulb, television, fan, and others in domestic circuits? (AS1)
Answer:

  • If one appliance, in a set of series combination breaks down, the circuit becomes open and the flow of current ceases. To avoid this the household appliances like bulb, T.V., fan, etc. are not connected in series. They are connected in parallel.
  • In series combination same current passes through all resistors. This is not suggestable for household appliances. Hence, they are connected in parallel.

Question 17.
A wire of length 1 m and radius 0.1 mm has a resistance of 100 Ω. Find the resistivity of the material. (AS1)
Answer:
1) Given l = 1 m, r = 0.1 mm = 10-4 m, R = 100 Ω
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 9

Question 18.
Why do we consider tungsten as a suitable material for making the filament of a bulb? (AS2)
(OR)
What is the reason for using Tungsten as a filament in electric bulb?
Answer:
Tungsten has higher resistivity values and melting point. So, we consider tungsten as a suitable material for making the filament of a bulb.

Question 19.
Are the head lights of a car connected in series or parallel? Why? (AS2)
Answer:
The headlights of a car are connected in parallel.
Reason :

  • When they are connected in parallel, same voltage (RD) will be maintained in the two lights.
  • If one of the light damaged, the other will work without any disturbance.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 20.
Why should we connect electric appliances in parallel in a household circuit? What happens if they are connected in series?
Answer:

  • The electric appliances are connected in parallel in a household circuit. Because in parallel wiring if any electric appliance is switched off, other appliances don’t get off.
  • If one appliance, in a set of series combination breaks down, the circuit becomes open and the flow of current ceases.
  • To avoid this the household appliances like bulb, T.V., fan, etc. are not connected in series.

Question 21.
Suppose that you have three resistors each of value 30Ω. How many resistors can you obtain by various combinations of these three resistors? Draw diagrams in support of your predictions. (AS2)
Answer:
Let R1 = 30Ω, R2 = 30Ω, R3 = 30Ω
We get different resistors by different combinations as shown below.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 19

Question 22.
State Ohm’s law. Suggest an experiment to verify it and explain the procedure. (AS3)
How do you prove experimentally the ratio V/l is a constant for a given conductor?
Answer:
Ohm’s law :
The potential difference between the ends of a conductor is directly proportional to the electric current passing through it at constant temperature.

Verification :
Aim :
To verify Ohm’s law or to show that \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{I}}\) = constant for a conductor.

Materials required :
6V Battery eliminator, 0 to 1A Ammeter, 0 – 6V volt meter, copper wires, 50 cm manganin coil, Rheostat, switch and 3V LED, etc.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 10
Procedure :

  • Complete the circuit as shown in figure. Knob should be adjusted to 4.5V at battery eliminator.
  • Using Rheostat change the potential difference between two ends of manganin wire from 0V to 4.5V (maximum).
  • By using Rheostat adjust the potential difference 1V between two ends of manganin wire.
  • Now observe the electric current through Ammeter in the circuit and note down in the following table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 11

  • Using Rheostat change the potential difference with different values upto 4.5V and note down the current value (I) in the table.
  • Take atleast five values of V and I and note down in the table.
  • Find \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{I}}\) for each set of values.
  • We notice that \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{I}}\) is a constant.
    V ∝ I ⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{I}}\) = constant
    This constant is known as resistance of the conductor, denoted by R.
    ⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{I}}\) = R
    ∴ Ohm’s law is verified.

How to Make Rheostat:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 12
Make two holes at the two ends of 30cm Wooden scale. Through these holes fix two bolts with the help of nuts.Then take iron box filament i. e., nichrome wire and tie one end of thewire to the first bolt and wound wire with equal distance on the wooden scale to other end of the second bolt. Place this scale on the other scale perpendicularly as shown in the figure and stick them with glue. Now Rheostat is ready. Take support of your teacher to know the connection and functioning of Rheostat.

Question 23.
a) Take a battery and measure the potential difference. Make a circuit and measure the potential difference when the battery is connected in the circuit. Is there any difference in potential difference of battery? (AS4)
b) Measure the resistance of a bulb (filament) in open circuit with a multi-meter. Make a circuit with elements such as bulb, battery of 12 V and key in series. Close the key. Then again measure the resistance of the same bulb (filament:) for every 30 seconds. Record the observations in a proper table. What can you conclude from the above results? (AS4)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 13
a) When the battery is connected in a circuit, the voltage slowly decreases due to consumption of it. So, there is difference in voltage before using and after connecting.

b) After connecting battery (12 V), key in ammeter and bulb as shown in figure, we measure current (I) using the ammeter and voltage using multi-meter or voltmeter.

Note these values in the following table. Measure the resistance of the same bulb for every 30 seconds.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 14
We conclude that the resistance is constant.

Question 24.
Draw a circuit diagram for a circuit in which two resistors A and B are connected in series with a battery and a voltmeter is connected to measure the potential difference across the resistor A. (AS5)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 20

V : Volt meter
A and B : Resistors
B : Battery
K: Key

Question 25.
How can you appreciate the role of a small fuse in house wiring circuit in preventing damage to various electrical appliances connected in the circuit? (AS7)
(OR)
We can save the household wiring and devices by using fuses. Write any four points by appreciating the role of fuse.
Answer:

  • The fuse consists of a thin wire of low melting point. When the current in the fuse exceeds 20 A, the wire will heat up and melt.
  • The circuit then becomes open and prevents the flow of current into the household circuit. So all the electric devices are saved from damage that could be caused by overload.
  • Thus we can save the household wiring and devices by using fuses.
  • In this way a small fuse prevents a great damage to costly electrical appliances in the circuit.

Question 26.
In the figure, the potential at A is………….. when the potential at B is zero. (AS7)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 21
Answer:
Potential difference at A = V
Potential difference atB = V + 5 × 1 + 2 = 0 ⇒ V + 7V = 0
∴ V = – 7V

Question 27.
Observe the circuit and answer the questions given below. (AS7)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 15
i) Are resistors C and D in series?
ii) Are resistors A and B in series?
iii) Is the battery in series with.any resistor?
iv) What is the potential drop across the resistor C?
v) What is the total emf in the circuit if the potential drop across resistor A is 6 V?
Answer:
The given circuit is written / drawn as
i) Yes, resistors ‘C’ and ‘D’ are connected in series. (Because, passing of the current is same to those resistors)
ii) No, resistors A’ and ‘B’ are not in series. (Because, different currents are passing through A and B. i.e., I1 and I2)
iii) The battery is in series with the resistor ‘A’. (Because, same current is passing through battery and resistor ‘A’, i.e., I)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 16 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 17
iv) Potential drop across the resistor ‘C’
V2 = V3 + V4
14V = V3 + 8V
V3 = 6V
Potential drop = 6V

v) Total emf
emf of combination of V3 and V4 = 14V ……………….. (1)
emf of combination of (1) and V2 = 14 V ………………. (2)
emf of combination of (2) and V1 = 6V + 14V = 20V
(Given, emf of ‘A’ = 6V)
Total emf = 20V

Question 28.
If the resistance of your body is 100000 Cl, what would be the current that flows in your body when you touch the terminals of a 12 V battery? (AS7)
Answer:
We know that, \(I=\frac{V}{R}\); here V = 12 V, R = 1,00,000Ω.
∴ The current passing through our body \(I=\frac{12 \mathrm{~V}}{100000 \Omega}\) = 0.00012 Ampere.

Question 29.
A uniform wire of resistance 100 Ω is melted and recast into wire of length double that of the original. What would be the resistance of the new wire formed? (AS7)
Answer:
Given R = 100 Ω
When ‘l = l’, R = 100 Ω.
When’l = 2l’, A’ = A / 2.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 22
∴ Resistance is increased by four times.
∴ R = 4 × 1ooΩ = 400Ω.

Question 30.
A house has 3 tube lights, two fans and a Television. Each tube light draws 40 W. The fan draws 80 W and the Television draws 60 W. On the average, all the tube lights are kept on for five hours, two fans for 12 hours and the television for five hours every day. Find the cost of electric energy used in 30 days at the rate of Rs. 3.00 per KWh. (AS7)
Answer:
Given 3 tube lights, two fans and a television.
Power consumed by 1 tube light = 40 W
∴ Power consumed by 3 tube lights = 3 × 40W = 120W
3 tube lights are kept on for five hours. So, consumption of power by 3 tube lights
= 5 × 120 W = 600 W ……………. (1)
Power consumed by 1 fan = 80 W
∴ Power consumed by 2 fans = 2x80W=160W
2 fans are kept on for 12 hours. So, consumption of power by 2 fans
= 12 × 160 W = 1920 W ……………. (2)
Power drawn by TV = 60 W
TV is kept on for 5 hours = 5 x 60 W = 300 W ………………. (3)
∴ Consumption of power in one day = (1) + (2) + (3)
= 600W+ 1920 W + 300 W = 2820 W = 2.820 KW
∴ Total consumption of power in 30 days at Rs. 3 per KW
= 2.820 × 30 × 3 = Rs. 253.80/-

Fill in The Blanks

1. The kilowatt hour is the unit of …………………..
2. A thick wire has ………………….. resistance than a thin wire.
3. An unknown circuit draws a current of 2 A from a 12 V battery. Its equivalent resistance is …………………..
4. The SI unit of potential difference is …………………..
5. The SI unit of current is …………………..
6. Three resistors of values 2Ω, 4Ω, 6Ω are connected in series. The equivalent resistance of combination of resistors is ……………………
7. Three resistors of values 2Ω, 4Ω, 6Ω are connected in parallel. The equivalent resistance of combination of resistors is ……………………
8. The power delivered by a battery of emf, 10 V is 10 W. Then the current delivered by the battery is ……………………
Answer:

  1. electrical energy
  2. less
  3. 6 Ω
  4. volt
  5. Ampere
  6. 12 Ω
  7. \(\frac{11}{12} \Omega\)
  8. 1 ampere

Multiple Choice Questions

1. A uniform wire of resistance 50 Ω. is cut into five equal parts. These parts are now connected in parallel. Then the equivalent resistance of the combination is
A) 2 Ω
B) 12 Ω
C) 250 Ω
D) 6250 Ω
Answer:
A) 2 Ω

2. A charge is moved from a point A to a point B. The work done to move unit charge during this process is called
A) potential at A
B) potential at B
C) potential difference between A and B
D) current from A to B
Answer:
C) potential difference between A and B

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

3. Joule/ coulomb is the same as
A) 1 – watt
B) 1 – volt
C) 1- ampere
D) 1 – ohm
Answer:
B) 1 – volt

4. The current in the wire depends
A) only on the potential difference applied
B) only on the resistance of the wire
C) on potential difference and resistance
D) none of them
Answer:
C) on potential difference and resistance

5. Consider the following statements.
a) In series connection, the same current flows through each element.
b) In parallel connection, the same potential difference gets applied across each element
A) both a and b are correct
B) a is correct but b is wrong
C) a is wrong but b is correct
D) both a and b are wrong
Answer:
A) both a and b are correct

10th Class Physics 11th Lesson Electric Current InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 179

Question 1.
Does motion of charge always lead to electric current?
Answer:
Yes, it does.

Question 2.
Take a bulb, a battery, a switch and few insulated copper wires to the terminals of the battery through the bulb and switch. Now switch on the circuit and observe the bulb. What do you notice?
Answer:
The bulb glows.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 180

Question 3.
Can you predict the reason for the bulb not glowing in situations 2 and 3?
Answer:
Yes, in situation 2 – there is no charge to travel in the circuit as the battery is disconnected. So, the bulb isn’t glowing.

In situation 3, we replaced the copper wires with nylon wires. Nylon is not a conductor. So, the bulb isn’t glowing.

Question 4.
Why do all materials not act as conductors?
Answer:
In conductors the gap between the atoms is very less. So, the transfer of energy is easy. But in other materials the gap is more. So, the transfer of energy is not possible.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 5.
How does a conductor transfer energy from source to bulb
Answer:

  • A source has chemical energy which transfers electrons to the conductor.
  • The conductor carries the electrons to the bulb when connected.
  • Thus, the conductor transfers energy from source to bulb.

Question 6.
What happens to the motion of electrons when the ends of the conductor are connected to the battery?
Answer:
The energy transfer takes place from battery to the bulb through conductor.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 181

Question 7.
Why do electrons move in specified direction?
Answer:
The electrons move in specified direction when the ends of the conductpr are connected to the terminals of a battery.
A uniform electric field is set up throughout the conductor. This field makes the electrons move in a specified direction.

Question 8.
In which direction do the electrons move?
Answer:
In a direction opposite to the direction of the field.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 9.
Do the electrons accelerate continuously?
Answer:
No, they lose energy and are again accelerated by the electric field.

Question 10.
Do they move with a constant speed?
Answer:
Yes, they move with a constant average Speed.

Question 11.
Why does a bulb glow immediately when we switch on?
Answer:
When we switch on any electric circuit, irrespective of length of the conductor, an electric field is set up throughout the conductor instantaneously due to the voltage of the source connected to the circuit.

Question 12.
How can we decide the direction of electric current?
Answer:
By the signs of the charge and drift speed.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 183

Question 13.
How can we measure electric current?
Answer:
An ammeter is used to measure electric current.

Question 14.
Where do the electrons get energy for their motion from?
Answer:
From an electric field set up throughout the conductor.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 15.
Can you find the work done by the electric force?
Answer:
Yes. With the help of the formula W = Fel, we can find the work done by the electric force.

Question 16.
What is the work done by the electric force on unit charge?
Answer:
Work done by the electric force on unit charge \(\mathrm{V}=\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{q}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{e}} l}{\mathrm{q}}\). It is called Potential difference.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 184

Question 17.
What is the direction of electric current in terms of potential difference?
Answer:
Electrons move from low potential to high potential.

Question 18.
Do positive charges move in a conductor? Can you give an example of this?
Answer:
No, they don’t move. They are fixed in the lattice.
Eg : battery.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 19.
How does a battery maintain a constant potential difference between its terminals?
Answer:
We know that a battery consists electric force (Fe) and chemical force (Fc). These two forces are balanced in a battery. Due to this reason a battery maintains a constant , potential difference between its terminals.

Question 20.
Why does the battery discharge when its positive and negative terminals are connected through a conductor?
Answer:
A conductor permits the charges to pass through it. Due to this the exhaustion of charges is created after completion of all charges. So, when a battery is connected with a conductor it discharges.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 185

Question 21.
What happens when the battery is connected in a circuit?
Answer:
A potential difference is created between the ends of the conductor, when the battery is connected in a circuit.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 186

Question 22.
How can we measure potential difference or emf?
Answer:
With the help of a voltmeter, we measure potential difference or emf.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 187

Question 23.
Is there any relation between emf of battery and drift speed of electrons in the conductor connected to a battery?
Answer:
Yes, when emf of a battery is more the drift speed of electrons will be more.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 189

Question 24.
Can you guess the reason why the ratio of V and I in case of LED is not constant?
Answer:
This is due to forward voltage and maximum continuous current rating characters of LEDs.

Question 25.
Do all materials obey Ohm’s law?
Answer:
No, some materials don’t obey Ohm’s law.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 26.
Can we classify the materials based on Ohm’s law?
Answer:
Yes, the materials which obey Ohm’s law are conductors and others are same conductors or non-conductors.

Question 27.
What is resistance?
Answer:
The obstruction offered to the flow of electrons in a conductor is called the resistance.

Question 28.
Is the value of resistance the same for all materials?
Answer:
Yes, it varies.

Question 29.
Is there any application of Ohm’s law in daily life?
Answer:
Yes, this law is used in wiring.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 30.
What causes electric shock in the human body – current or voltage?
Answer:
Current with sufficient voltage.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 190

Question 31.
Do you know the voltage of mains that we use in our household circuits?
Answer:
Yes, I know the voltage of mains that we use in our household circuits is 120 V.

Question 32.
What happens to our body if we touch live wire of 240 V?
Answer:
240 V current disturbs the functioning of organs inside the body. It is called electric shock. If the current flow continues further, it damages the tissues of the body which leads to decrease in resistance of the body. When this current flows for a longer time, damage to the tissues increases and thereby the resistance of human body decreases further. Hence, the current through the human body will increase. If this current reaches 0.07 A, it effects the functioning of the heart and if this much current passes through the heart for more than one second it could be fatal.

If this current flows for a longer time, the person in electric shock will be killed.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 191

Question 33.
Why doesn’t a bird get a shock when it stands on a high voltage wire?
Answer:
There are two parallel lines carrying 240 V current. The voltage current will pass through the body if both the wires are touched at the same time. But, when the bird stands on only one wire, there is no potential difference between the legs. So, no current passes through the bird. Hence, it doesn’t feel any electric shock.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 192

Question 34.
What could be the reason for increase in the resistance of the bulb when current flows through it?
Answer:
The increase in temperature of the filament in the bulb is responsible for increase in resistance of the bulb.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 35.
What happens to the resistance of a conductor if we increase its length?
Answer:
The resistance of a conductor increases with the increase of its length.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 193

Question 36.
Does the thickness of a conductor influence its resistance?
Answer:
Yes, as the thickness of the conductor increases the resistance decreases.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 195

Question 37.
How are electric devices connected in circuits?
Answer:
Electric devices are connected either in series or parallel in circuits.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 38.
When bulbs are connected (resistors) in series, what do you notice
Answer:
We notice that, the sum of the voltages of the bulbs (resistors) is equal to voltage across the combination of the resistors.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 196

Question 39.
What do you notice when bulbs (resistors) are connected in series to the current?
Answer:
The current is not changing

Question 40.
What do you mean by equivalent resistance?
Answer:
If the current drawn by a resistor is equal to the current drawn by the combination of resistors, then the resistor is called equivalent resistor.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 41.
What happens when one of the resistors in series breaks down?
Answer:
The circuit becomes open and flow of current will be broken down.

Question 42.
Can you guess in what way household wiring has been done?
Answer:
Parallel connection.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 197

Question 43.
How much current is drawn from the battery if the resistors are connected in parallel?
Is it equal to individual currents drawn by the resistors?
Answer:
It is the sum of currents flowing through each resistor. No, it is the sum of individual currents drawn by the resistors.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 199

Question 44.
How could the sign convention be taken in a circuit?
Answer:
The potential difference across the resistor is taken as negative when we move along the direction of electric current through the resistor, and it is taken as positive when we move against the direction of electric current through the resistor.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 201

Question 45.
You might have heard the sentences like “this month we have consumed 100 units of current”. What does ‘unit’ mean?
Answer:
Unit (or) kilo watt hour is the consumption of electric power in one hour by our electric appliances.

Question 46.
A bulb is marked 60 W and 120 V. What do these values indicate?
Answer:
It means, the resistance of the bulb is
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 26

Question 47.
What is the energy lost by the charge in 1 sec.?
Answer:
It is equal to \(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{t}}\).

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 202

Question 48.
What do you mean by overload?
Answer:
When a high current flows through the wire which is beyond the rating of wire then heating of wire takes place. This phenomenon is called overloading.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 49.
Why does it (overloading) cause damage to electric appliances?
Answer:
Due to overload the heat increases in the circuit and this melts the parts of the appliances. Thus overload causdt damage to the electric appliances.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 203

Question 50.
What happens when this current (overloading) increases greatly to the household circuit?
Answer:
It causes fire.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current

Question 51.
How can we prevent damage due to overloading?
Answer:
To prevent damages due to overloading we connect an electric fuse to the household circuit.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 203

Question 52.
What do you mean by short circuit?
Answer:

  • The line wires that are entering the meter have a voltage of 240 V.
  •  The minimum and maximum limit of current that can be drawn from the mains is 5 to 20 A.
  • Thus, the maximum current that we can draw from the mains is 20 A.
  • When the current drawn from the mains is more than 20 A, overheating occurs and may cause a fire. This is called overloading.
  • A short circuit is an electrical circuit that allows a current to travel along an unintended path often where essentially no electrical impedance is encountered.

Question 52.
Why does a short circuit damage electric wiring and devices connected to it?
Answer:
In a short circuit the current drawn from the main exceeds the maximum limit 20 A. This will lead to overloading which can damage the electrical appliances.

10th Class Physics 11th Lesson Electric Current Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Write an activity to check when a bulb glows in a circuit.
(OR)
How do you prove a source of energy is required to glow a bulb in a circuit?
Answer:
Aim :
To check when a bulb glows in a circuit.

Materials required:

  1. A bulb
  2. a battery
  3. a switch
  4. few insulated copper wire

Procedure (1) :

  1. Take a bulb, a battery, a switch and few insulated copper wires.
  2. Connect the ends of the copper wires to the terminals of the battery through the bulb and switch.
  3. Now switch on the circuit.
    Observation (1) : The bulb glows.

Procedure (2) :

  1. Remove the battery from the circuit and connect the remaining components to make a complete circuit.
  2. Again switch on the circuit and observe the bulb.

Observation (2): The bulb does not glow.

Procedure (3) :
Replace the copper wires with nylon wires and connect the nylon wires to the terminals of the battery through a bulb and switch. Now switch on the circuit. We observe that the bulb does not glow. Because the wires are not conductors.

Observation (3) : The bulb does not glow.

Result:
The battery contains charges which glow the bulb.

Activity – 3

Question 2.
Write an activity to show that the values of current are different for different wires for a constant voltage.
(OR)
The resistance of a conductor depends on the material of the conductor. Prove this through an activity.
(OR)
List out the material required in the experiment to show that the electric resistance depends upon the nature of the material and write experimental procedure.
Answer:
Aim:
To show that the values of current are different for different wires for a constant voltage. Materials required : (wires of the same length and some cross-sectional area).

  • Copper rod
  • Nichrome rod
  • Battery
  • Ammeter
  • Key
  • Manganin Wire

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 1
Procedure :

  1. Make a circuit as shown in figure.
  2. Connect one of the wires between the ends P and Q.
  3. Switch on the circuit. Measure the electric current for a fixed voltage, using the ammeter connected to the circuit. Note it in your notebook.
  4. Repeat this experiment with other wires and note the current in your notebook.

Observation :
The values of current are different for different wires for a constant voltage.

Conclusion:
The resistance of a conductor depends on the material of the conductor.

Activity – 5

Question 3.
Write an activity to show that resistance is inversely proportional to the c section area of the conductor.
(OR)
What happens to resistance if the area of a cross-section of conductor is increased? Explain with an activity.
Aim :
To prove that resistance is inversely proportional to the cross-section area of the conductor.

Materials required :

  1. A Battery
  2. Mangnin Wires
  3. Ammeter
  4. Key
  5. Manganin wires with different cross-section areas (lengths are same).

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 23
Procedure:

  1. Make the circuit as given figure.
  2. Connect one of the wires between points P and Q.
  3. Switch on me circuit. Note the ammeter reading in your notebook.
  4. Continue the experiment with different wires of same length but different cross-section areas. Note the ammeter readings in your notebook.

Observation :
As the cross-section area of the rods increases, the current increases.

Result (Conclusion) :
Resistance is inversely proportional to cross-section area of the conductor.

Activity – 6

Question 4.
Write an activity to prove that the sum of the potential differences of the bulb is equal to voltage across the combination of the resistors. (OR)
Prove that during series connection potential difference is distributed among the resistors experimentally.
Answer:
Aim:
To prove that the sum of the potential differences of the bulbs is equal to potential difference across the combination of the resistors.

Materials required :

  1. Bulbs
  2. Voltmeters
  3. Insulated wires
  4. Ammeter
  5. Key

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 24
Procedure :

  1. Take different bulbs. Using a multimeter measure their resistances. Note them as R,, R2 and Rv
  2. Connect them as shown in figure.
  3. Measure the voltage between terminals of the battery connected to the circuit.
  4. Measure the voltages between the ends of each bulb and note them as Vj, V2 and V3 from voltmeters in your notebook.
  5. Compare them.

Observation :
We notice that the’sum of the voltages of the bulbs is equal to voltages across the combination of the resistors.

Activity – 7

Question 5.
Write an activity to prove that the current drawn from the battery is equal to the sum of individual currents drawn by the bulbs.
(OR)
Prove that during parallel connection the current is distributed among the resistances by using an experimental activity.
Answer:
Aim:
To prove that the current drawn from the battery is equal to the sum of individual currents drawn by the bulbs.
Materials required :

  1. Bulbs
  2. Ammeters
  3. Buttery
  4. Key
  5. Wires

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 11 Electric Current 25
Procedure :

  1. Connect the bulbs in parallel connection as shown in the given circuit.
  2. Measure the voltage across each bulb using a voltmeter or multimeter.
  3. Note these values in your notebook.

Observation :

  1. The voltage at the ends of each bulb is the same.
  2. Measure electric currents flowing through each bulb using ammeters. Note these values.
  3. Measure the current (I) drawn from the battery using the ammeter 1.

Result (Conclusion) :
The current drawn from the battery is equal to the sum of individual currents drawn by the bulbs.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
Name the simplest hydrocarbon. (AS1)
Answer:
The simplest hydrocarbon is alkane called Methane (CH4). It’s an aliphatic, saturated compound of Hydrogen and Carbon.

Question 2.
What are the general molecular formulae of alkanes, alkenes and alkynes? (AS1)
Answer:
General molecular formula of alkane is CnH2n+2.
General molecular formula of alkene is CnH2n.
General molecular formula of alkyne is CnH2n-2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 3.
Name the carboxylic acid used as a preservative. (AS1)
Answer:
Vinegar with chemical formula CH3COOH is used as preservative. 5 – 8% of solution of acetic acid or ethanoic acid in water is called vinegar and it is used widely as preservative in pickles.

Question 4.
Name the product other than water formed on burning of ethanol in air. (AS1)
Answer:
C2H3OH + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 3H2O + Energy
So, the product other than water formed on burning of ethanol in air is carbon dioxide (CO2).

Question 5.
Give the IUPAC name of the following compounds. If more than one compound is possible, name all of them. (AS1)
i) An aldehyde derived from ethane.
ii) A ketone derived from butane.
iii) A chloride derived from propane.
iv) An alcohol derived from pentane.
Answer:
i) An aldehyde derived from ethane is ethanal. Its formula is CH3CHO.
ii) A ketone derived from butane. Its IUPAC name is Butanone.
Its chemical formula is CH3COCH2CH3
It is also known as methyl ethyl ketone. (Its general name)

iii) A chloride derived from propane.
A) 1-Chloro propane. Its formula is CH3CH2CH2Cl.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 1
iv) An alcohol derived from pentane :
A) 1-Pentanol. Its formula is CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH.
B) 2-Pentanol. Its formula is CH3CHOH CH2CH2CH3
C) 3-Pentanol. Its formula is CH3CH2 CHOH CH2CH3

Question 6.
A mixture of oxygen and ethyne is burnt for welding ; can you tell why a mixture of ethyne and air is not used? (AS1)
Answer:

  • Ethyne when burnt in the presence of oxygen gives enough heat that can be used for welding.
  • Whereas if it is burnt in air which contains nitrogen, CO2 and other inactive gaseous contents, sufficient oxygen is not available for burning ethyne to give the required heat.

Question 7.
Explain with the help of a chemical equation, how an addition reaction is used in vegetable ghee industry. (AS1)
Answer:

  • The addition of hydrogen to an unsaturated hydrocarbon to obtain a saturated hydrocarbon is called hydrogenation. The process of hydrogenation takes place in the presence of nickel or palladium metals as catalyst.
  • The process of hydrogenation has an important industrial application. It is used to prepare vegetable ghee (or vanaspati ghee) from vegetable oils.
  • Vegetable oils are unsaturated fats having double bonds between some of their carbon atoms.
  • When a vegetable oil (like groundnut oil) is heated with hydrogen in the presence of finely divided nickel as catalyst, a saturated oil called vegetable ghee (or vanaspati ghee) is formed. This a reaction is called hydrogenation of oils and it can be represented as follows.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 18

Here vegetable oil is a liquid whereas vegetable ghee is a solid (or a semi solid).

Question 8.
a) What are the various possible structural formulae of a compound having molecular formula C3H6O? (AS1)
b) Give the IUPAC names of the above possible compounds and represent them in structures. (AS1)
c) What is the similarity in these compounds? (AS1)
Answer:
a) They are CH3COCH3and CH3 CH2 CHO

b) i) The IUPAC name of CH3COCH3 is propanone.
ii) The IUPAC name of CH3 CH2 CHO is propanal.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 19

Question 9.
Name the simplest ketone apfl write its molecular formula. (AS1)
Answer:
Acetone is the simplest ketone. Its molecular formula is CH3COCH3 Its IUPAC name is propanone.

Question 10.
What do we call the Self linking property of carbon? (AS1)
Answer:
The property of self combination (or linking) of carbon atoms to form long chains is useful to us because it gives rise to an extremely large number of carbon compounds (or organic compounds). This is known as catenation.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 11.
Name the compound formed by heating ethanol at 443 K with excess of cone. H2SO4. (AS1)
(OR)
What is the compound formed when ethyhalcohol (Ethanol) is dehydrated ? Write the chemical equation of the reaction.
Answer:
1. When ethanol is heated with excess of cone. H2SO4 at 443 K (170° C), it gets dehydrated to form ethene (which is an unsaturated hydrocarbon).

2. During dehydration of ethanol molecules (CH3 – CH2OH), H from the CH3 group and OH from CH2OH group are removed in the form of a water molecule (H2O) regulating in the formation of this molecule (CH2 = CH2).
3. In this reaction concentrated sulphuric acid acts as a dehydrating agent.

Question 12.
Give an example for esterification reaction. (AS1)
Answer:
The reaction between carboxylic acid and an alcohol in the presence of cone. H2SO4 to form a sweet odoured substance, ester with the functional group
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 3
is called esterification.

Ex: Ethanoic acid (carboxylic acid) reacts with Ethanol (alcohol) and forms ethyl acetate.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 4

Question 13.
Name the product obtained when ethanol is oxidized by either chromic anhydride or alkaline potassium permanganate. (AS1)
(OR)
If the ethanol is oxidized by either chromic anhydride or alkaline potassium permanganate, what is the product obtained from them?
Answer:
Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) undergoes oxidation to form the product of Acetaldehyde and finally Acetic acid.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 20

Question 14.
Write the chemical equation representing the reaction of preparation of ethanol from ethane. (AS1)
Answer:
1. Ethane in the absence of air on heating forms ethene
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 5

2. Then Ethanol is prepared on large scale from ethene by the addition of water vapour to it in the presence of catalyst like P2O5, Tungsten oxide at high pressure and temperature.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 6

Question 15.
Write the IUPAC name of the next homologous of CH3OHCH2CH3. (AS1)
Answer:
The IUPAC name of the next homologous of CH3OHCH2CH3 is HO-CH3CH2CH2CH3 1 – butanol.

Question 16.
Define homologous series of carbon compounds. Mention any two characteristics of homologous series. (AS1)
Answer:
1. The series of carbon compounds in which two successive compounds differ by – CH2 unit is called homologous series.
Ex : 1) CH4, C2H6, C3H8, ………………..
2) CH3OH, C2H5OH, C3H7OH, ………………..

2. If we observe above series of compounds, we will notice that each compound in the series differs by – CH2 unit by its successive compound.

3. Characteristics of homologous series :
i) They have one general formula.
Ex : alkanes (CnH2n+2), alkynes (CnH2n-2), alcohols (CnH2n+1) OH, etc.
ii) Successive compounds in the series possess a difference of (-CH2) unit.
iii) They have similar chemical properties.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 17.
Give the names of functional groups
(i) – CHO
(ii) – C = O. (AS1)
(OR)
Write the names of the given functional groups
(i) – CHO
(ii) – C = O
Answer:
i) – CHO → aldehyde
ii) – C = O → ketone

Question 18.
Why does carbon form compounds mainly by covalent bonding? (AS1)
Answer:
Since carbon atoms can achieve the inert gas electron arrangements only by the sharings of electrons, therefore, carbon always forms covalent bonds.

Question 19.
Allotropy is a property shown by which class substance: elements, compounds or mixtures? Explain allotropy with suitable examples. (AS1)
Answer:

1. Allotropy is a property shown by the elements.

2. The property of an element to exist in two or more physical forms having more or less similar chemical properties but different physical properties is called allotropy.

3. The different forms of the element are called allotropes and are formed due to the difference in the arrangement of atoms.

4. Example for allotropes : Allotropes of carbon.

Allotropes of carbon are classified into two types. They are
1) Amorphous forms,
2) Crystalline forms.

5) Amorphous forms of carbon:
Coal, coke, wood, charcoal, animal charcoal, lampblack, gas carbon, petroleum coke, sugar charcoal.

6) Crystalline forms of carbon :
Diamond, graphite and buckminsterfullerene.

Question 20.
Explain how sodium ethoxide is obtained from ethanol. Give chemical equations. (AS1)
Answer:
As ethanol is similar to water molecule (H2O) with C2H5 group in place of hydrogen, it reacts with metallic sodium to liberate hydrogen and form sodium ethoxide.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 7

Question 21.
Describe with chemical equation how ethanoic acid may be obtained from ethanol. (AS1)
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) undergoes oxidation to form the product Acetaldehyde and finally acetic acid (Ethanoic acid).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 8

Question 22.
Explain the cleansing action of soap. (AS1)
Answer:
When a dirty cloth is put in water containing dissolved soap, the hydrocarbon ends of the soap molecules in the micelle attach to the oil or grease particles present on the surface of dirty clothes.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 9

Question 24.
Explain the structure of graphite in terms of bonding and give one property based on this structure. (AS1)
(OR)
Why does graphite act as lubricant?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 10

  • Graphite forms a two dimensional layer structure with C – C bonds within the layers.
  • There are relatively weak interactions between the layers.
  • In the layer structure, the carbon atoms are in a trigonal planar environment.
  • This is consistent with each carbon atom in sp² hybridisation.
  • Interactions between the sp² orbitals (overlaps) lead to the formation of C – C bonds.
  • Each carbon atom is with one unhybridised ‘p’ orbital.
  • The unhybridised ‘p’ orbitals interact to form a π system that is delocalised over the whole layer.
  • The interactions known as London dispersion forces between the layers which are separated by a distance of 3.35 A° are weakened by the presence of water molecules so that it is easy to cleave graphite.
  • For this reason graphite is used as lubricant and as the lead in pencils.

Question 25.
Name the acid present in vinegar. (AS1)
Answer:
1) The acid present in vinegar is Ethenoic acid or acetic acid (CH3COOH).
2) 5 – 8% solution of acetic acid in water is called vinegar.

Question 26.
What happens when a small piece of sodium is dropped into ethanol? (AS2)
Answer:
Ethanol reacts with sodium to liberate hydrogen and form sodium ethoxide.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 11

Question 27.
Two carbon compounds A and B have molecular formula C3H8 and C3H6 respectively. Which one of the two is most likely to show addition? Justify your answer. (AS2)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 12
• It is a saturated hydrocarbon. It shows substitution reaction.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 13
• This is an unsaturated hydrocarbon. Hence it shows addition to become saturated. During the reactions, addition of reagent takes place at the double bonded carbon atoms.

Justification :
In the following, C3H6 undergoes addition reaction.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 14

Question 28.
Suggest a test to find the hardness of water and explain the procedure. (AS3)
(OR)
How do you test whether a given water sample is soft or hard?
Answer:

  • Take about 10 ml hard water (well water or hand pump water) in a test tube.
  • Add five drops of soap solution to it.
  • Shake the test tube vigorously.
  • We see that no lather is formed at first.
  • Only a dirty white curd like scum is formed on the surface of water.
  • From this, we conclude that soap does not form lather easily with hard water.
  • We have to add much more soap to obtain lather with hard water.

Question 29.
Suggest a chemical test to distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic acid and explain the procedure. (AS3)
Answer:

  1. Take ethanol and ethanoic acid in two different test tubes.
  2. Add nearly 18 g of sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) to each test tube.
  3. Lots and lots of bubbles and foam will be observed from the test tube containing ethanoic acid. This is due to release of CO2.
    NaHCO3 + CH3COOH → CH3COONa + H2O + CO2
  4. Ethanol will not react with sodium bicarbonate and thus we won’t observe any change in the test tube containing ethanol.
    Thus we can separate ethanol from ethanoic acid.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 30.
An organic compound ‘X’ with a molecular formula C2H6O undergoes oxidation with alkaline KMnO4 and forms the compound ‘Y’, that has molecular formula C2H4O2. (AS3)
i) Identify ‘X’ and ‘Y’.
Answer:
X is Ethanol is CH3CH2OH and T is Ethanoic acid, i.e., CH3COOH.

ii) Write your observation regarding the product when the compound X is made to react with compound IT which is used as a preservative for pickles.
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol undergoes oxidation to form the product Acetaldehyde and finally Acetic acid.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 15
Here CH3COOH is used as preservative for pickles.

When X reacts with Y it forms ethyl acetate and water which is called esterification reaction.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH → CH3COOC2H5 + H2O

Question 31.
Prepare models of methane, ethane, ethene and ethyne molecules using clay balls and matchsticks. (AS4)
Answer:
Stick and ball model :
1) Methane (CH4) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 21
2) Ethane (C2H6):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 22

3) Ethene (C2H4):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 23

4) Ethyne (C2H2)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 24

Question 32.
Collect information about artificial ripening of fruits by ethylene. (AS4)
Answer:

  • Seasonal fruits like mango, banana, papaya, sapota and custard apple are often harvested in nature. But due to unripe condition they are subsequently allowed to ripen by natural release of ripening harmone (ethylene) from the fruit.
  • However, natural ripening in some fruits is a slow process, which leads to high weight loss, desiccation of fruits and under ripening. With the rapid development of fruit trade, artificial ripening has become essential and the methods practised earlier by small traders are smoking and calcium carbide treatment.
  • Fruits ripened with calcium carbide though seem attractive and colourful are inferior in taste, flavour and spoil faster.
  • Government of India has banned the use of calcium carbide for artificial ripening of fruits under PFA Act 8-44AA, 1954.
  • Artificial ripening of fruits by using the above steps spoils the health of consumers, so we should not use such type of fruits.
  • Government has to take serious action on the fruit sellers who are practising the above said methods.

Question 33.
Draw the electronic dot structure of ethane molecule (C2H6). (AS6)
Answer:
C2H6:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 16

Question 34.
How do you appreciate the role of esters in everyday life? (AS6)
Answer:

  • Esters are usually volatile liquids having sweet or pleasant smell.
  • They are also said to have fruity smell.
  • Esters are used in making artificial perfumes.
  • This is because of the fact that most of the esters have a pleasant smell.
  • Esters are also used as flavouring agents.
  • This means that esters are used in making artificial flavours and essences used in ice-cream, sweets and cool drinks.
  • The alkaline hydrolysis of esters is known as saponification (Soap making).
  • That’s why we can appreciate the role of esters in everyday life.

Question 35.
How do you condemn the use of alcohol as a social practice? (AS7)
Answer:

  • Consumption of alcohol in the form of beverages is harmful to health.
  • It causes severe damage to blood circulation system.
  • Addiction to alcohol drinking leads to heart diseases and damages the liver.
  • It also causes ulcers in small intestines due to increased acidity and damages the digestive system.
  • Alcohol which is consumed in raw form under the names liquor, gudumba which is more harmful to health due to adulteration.
  • Alcohol mixed with pyridine is called denatured spirit. Consumption of denatured spirit causes blindness and death.
  • Hence use of alcohol is a social evil which harms the society.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 36.
An organic compound with molecular formula C2H4O2 produces brisk effervescence on addition of sodium carbonate/bicarbonate.
Answer the following :
a) Identify the organic compound. (AS1)
Answer:
The organic compound is Ethanoic acid (CH3COOH).

b) Write the chemical equation for the above reaction. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 17

c) Name the gas evolved. (AS2)
Answer:
CO2

d) How will you test the gas evolved? (AS3)
Answer:
1) Pass the evolved gas through lime water in a test tube.
2) We will find that lime water turns milky.
3) Only CO2 gas can turn lime water milky.

e) List two important uses of the above compound. (AS1)
Answer:
1) Dilute ethanoic acid (CH3COOH) is used as a food preservative in the preparation of pickles and sauces.
2) Ethanoic acid is used for making cellulose acetate which is an important artificial fibre.

Question 37.
1 ml glacial acetic acid and 1 m/of ethanol are mixed together in, a test tube. Few drops of concentrate sulphuric acid is added in the mixture are warmed in a water bath for 5 min.
Answer the following:
a) Name the resultant compound formed.
b) Represent the above change by a chemical equation.
c) What term is given to such a reaction?
d) What are the special characteristics of the compound formed?
Answer:
a) Ethyl acetate.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 25
c) Esterification
d) It has fruity smell or pleasant smell.

Fill In The Blanks

1. Carbon compounds containing double and triple bonds are called ………………….
2. A compound which is basic constituent of many cough syrups ………………………
3. Very dilute solution of ethanoic acid is ………………..
4. A sweet odour substance formed by the reaction of an alcohol and a carboxylic acid is ………………
5. When sodium metal is dropped in ethanol …………………. gas will be released.
6. The functional group present in methanol is …………………….
7. IUPAC name of alkene containing 3 carbon atoms is ………………….
8. The first member of homologous series among alkynes is ……………………
9. The product that is formed by dehydration of ethanol in cone, sulphuric acid is ………………….
10. Number of single covalent bonds in ammonia are ………………..
11. Type of reactions shown by alkanes is ……………….
Answer:

  1. unsaturated compounds
  2. ethanol
  3. vinegar
  4. ester
  5. H2
  6. – OH (Alcohol)
  7. propene
  8. ethyne (C2H2)
  9. ethene (C2H4)
  10. 3
  11. substitutional

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the four test tubes containing the following chemicals shows the brisk effervescence when dilute acetic acid was added to them?
i) KOH
ii) NaHCO3
iii) K2CO3
iv) NaCl
A) i & ii
B) ii & iii
C) i & iv
D) ii & iv
Answer:
B) ii & iii

2. Which of the following solution of acetic acid in water can be used as preservative?
A) 5-10%
B) 10-15%
C) 15-20%
D) 100%
Answer:
A) 5-10%

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

3. The suffix used for naming an aldehyde is
A) – ol
B) – al
C) – one
D) – ene
Answer:
B) – al

4. Acetic acid, when dissolved in water, it dissociates into ions reversibly because it is a
A) weak acid
B) strong acid
C) weak base
D) strong base
Answer:
A) weak acid

5. Which one of the following hydrocarbons can show isomerism?
A) C2H4
B) C2H6
C) C3H8
D) C4H10
Answer:
D) C4H10

6. Combustion of hydrocarbon is generally accompanied by the evolution of
A) Heat
B) Light
C) Both heat and light
D) Electric current
Answer:
C) Both heat and light

7. 2 ml of ethanoic acid was taken in each of the three test tubes A, B and C and 2 ml, 4 ml and 8 ml water was added to them respectively. A clear solution is obtained in:
A) Test tube A only
B) Test tubes A & B only
C) Test tubes B and C only
D) All the test tubes
Answer:
D) All the test tubes

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

8. If 2 ml of acetic acid was added slowly in drops to 5 ml of water then we will notice
A) The acid forms a separate layer on the top of water
B) Water forms a separate layer on the top of the acid
C) Formation of a clear and homogenous solution
D) Formation of a pink and clear solution
Answer:
C) Formation of a clear and homogenous solution

9. A few drops of ethanoic acid were added to solid sodium carbonate. The possible results of the reactions are
A) A hissing sound was evolved
B) Brown fumes evolved
C) Brisk effervescence occurred
D) A pungent smelling gas evolved
Answer:
C) Brisk effervescence occurred

10. When acetic acid reacts with ethyl alcohol, we add cone. H2SO4, it acts as and the process is called
A) Oxidizing agent, saponification
B) Dehydrating agent, esterification
C) Reducing agent, esterification
D) Acid and esterification
Answer:
B) Dehydrating agent, esterification

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 254

Question 1.
Can carbon get helium configuration by losing four electrons from the outer shell?
Answer:

  • If carbon loses four electrons from the outer shell, it has to form C4+ ions.
  • This requires huge amount of energy which is not available normally.
  • Therefore C4+ formation is also a remote possibility.
  • Carbon has to satisfy its tetravalency by sharing electrons with other atoms.
  • It has to form four covalent bonds either with its own atoms or atoms of other elements.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 255

Question 2.
How do carbon atoms form bonds in so many different ways?
Answer:
As per valence bond theory, the four unpaired electrons in a carbon atom is main cause to form many bonds.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 3.
Explain the four unpaired electrons in carbon atom through excited state.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of carbon (ground state):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 34

Electronic configuration of carbon (excited state):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 35

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 256

Question 4.
Where does this energy to excite electron come from?
Answer:

  • We have to understand that free carbon atom would not be in excited state under normal conditions.
  • When the carbon atom is ready to form bonds with other atoms, the energy required for excitation is taken up from bond energies, which are the liberated energies when bonds are formed between carbon atom and other atoms.

Question 5.
In methane (CH4) molecule all four carbon – hydrogen bonds are identical and bond angle HCH is 109°28′. How can we explain this?
Answer:
In excited state, carbon atom has three unpaired electrons in p-orbitals and one electron in s-orbital. These four valence electrons are with different energies. These orbitals combine to form four identical orbitals. Four hydrogen atoms form four identical C -H bonds with bond angle 109° 28′. This is called hybridisation.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 6.
How do these energetically unequal valence electrons form four equivalent covalent bonds in methane molecule?
Answer:
1) When bonds are formed, energy is released and the system becomes more stable. If carbon forms four bonds rather than two, still more energy is released and so the resulting molecule becomes even more stable.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 36

2) The energy difference between the 2s and 2p orbitals is very small. When carbon atom is ready to form bonds it gets a small amount of energy from bond energies and gets excited to promote an electron from the 2s to the empty 2p to give four unpaired electrons.

3) We have got four unpaired electrons ready for bonding, but these electrons are in two different kinds of orbitals and their energies are different.

4) We are not going to get four identical bonds unless these unpaired electrons are in four identical orbitals.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 257

Question 7.
How to explain the four orbitals of carbon containing unpaired electrons as energetically equal?
Answer:
With hybridisation we explai n the four orbitals of carbon containing unpaired electrons are energetically equal.
Ex : Methane (CH4).

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 258

Question 8.
How do you explain the ability of C – atom to form two single covalent bonds and one double bond?
Answer:
Ethylene (CH2 = CH2) explains the ability of carbon atom to form two single covalent bonds and one double bond.
Ex:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 37

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 259

Question 9.
How do you explain the ability of carbon atom to form one single bond and one triple bond?
Answer:
Ethyne (HC \(\equiv\) CH) explains the ability of carbon atom to form one single bond between one hydrogen and carbon, and one triple bond between carbon and carbon.
Ex : H – C \(\equiv\) C – H.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 260

Question 10.
What are bond angles H\(\widehat{\mathbf{C}}\)H in CH4, C2H4 and C2H2 molecules?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 38

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 262

Question 11.
How do you understand the markings (writings) of a pencil on a paper?
Answer:

  1. When we write with a pencil, the inter layer attractions breakdown and leave graphite layers on the paper.
  2. It is easy to remove pencil marks from paper with an eraser because, the layers do not bind strongly to the paper.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 265

Question 12.
Allotting completely one special branch in chemistry to compounds of only one element. Is it justified when there are so many elements and their compounds but not with any special branches?
Answer:

  1. We understand that all molecules that make life possible carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, hormones, and vitamins contain carbon.
  2. The chemical reactions that take place in living systems are of carbon compounds.
  3. Food that we get From nature, various medicines, cotton, silk and fuels like natural gas and petroleum almost all of them are carbon compounds.
  4. Synthetic fabrics, plastics, synthetic rubber are also compounds of carbon.
  5. Hence, carbon is a special element with the largest number of compounds:

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 266

Question 13.
What are hydrocarbons?
Answer:
The compounds containing only carbon and hydrogen in their molecules are called hydrocarbons.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 14.
Do all the compounds have equal number of C and H atoms?
Answer:
No. All the compounds do not have equal number of C and H atoms.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 269

Question 15.
Observe the following two structures.
a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
b)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 39
i) How about their structures? Are they same?
Answer:
No, they are not same compounds.

ii) How many carbon and hydrogen atoms are there in (a) and (b) structures?
Answer:
Carbon – 4 ; Hydrogen – 10.

iii) Write the condensed molecular formulae for (a) and (b), do they have same molecular formulae?
Answer:
C4H10; Yes.

Question 16.
Can carbon form bonds with the atoms of other elements?
Answer:
Carbon forms compounds not only with atoms of hydrogen but also with atoms of other elements like oxygen, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, halogens, etc.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 272

Question 17.
What do you mean by nomenclature of Organic componds?
Answer:
Nomenclature of organic chemistry is systematic method of naming organic compound.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 18.
What is the basis for nomenclature?
Answer:
The basic of the nomenclature is number of carbons in the parent chain in a compound.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 273

Question 19.
What are the word – root and suffix?
Answer:
Word root:
Word root indicates the number of carbon atoms in the longest possible continuous carbon chain also known as parent chain.

Suffix :
Suffix is added immediately after the word root. It is two types

1) Primary Suffix :
It is used to indicate the degree of saturation or unsaturation of the main chain.

2) Secondary Suffix :
It is used to indicate the main functional group in the organic compound.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 274

Question 20.
What do you mean by the term ‘alkyl’?
Answer:
Alkyl:
Alkyl is a substituent, that is attached to the molecular fragment.
General formula of alkyl is CnH2n + 1

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 278

Question 21.
Can we write the structure of a compound if the name of the compound is given?
Answer:
Yes, we can write the structure of a compound if the name of the compound is given.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 279

Question 22.
Why do sometimes cooking vessels get blackened on a gas or kerosene stove?
Answer:
Because of the inlets of air getting closed, the fuel gases do not completely undergo combustion. Hence, it forms a sooty carbon form which gets coated over the vessels.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 280

Question 23.
Do you know what is a catalyst?
Answer:
A catalyst is a substance which regulates the rate of a given reaction without itself finally undergoing any chemical change.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 281

Question 24.
Do you know how the police detect whether suspected drivers have consumed alcohol or not?
Answer:

  1. The police officer asks the suspect to blow air into a plastic bag through a mouth piece of the detecting instrument which contains crystals of potassium-di-chromate (K2Cr2O7).
  2. As K2Cr2O7 is a good oxidizing agent, it oxidizes any ethanol in the driver’s breath to ethanal and ethanoic acid.
  3. Orange Cr2O72- changes to bluish green Cr3+ during the process of the oxidation of alcohol.
  4. The length of the tube that turned into green is the measure of the quantity of alcohol that had been drunk.
  5. The police even use the IR Spectra to detect the bonds C – OH and C – H of CH3 – CH2OH.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 283

Question 25.
What are esters?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 3
The compounds which contain the functional group and the general formula R – COO – R’, where R and R’ are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, are known as “Esters”.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 284

Question 26.
What is a true solution?
Answer:
A true solution is that in which the solute particles dispersed in the solvent are less than 1 nm in diameter.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 286

Question 27.
What is the action of soap particles on the greasy cloth?
Answer:

  • Soaps and detergents make oil and dirt present on the cloth come out into water, thereby making the cloth clean.
  • Soap has one polar end and one non-polar end.
  • The polar end is hydrophilic in nature and this end is attracted towards water.
  • The non-polar end is hydrophobic in nature and it is attracted towards grease or * . ; oil on the cloth, but not attracted towards water.
  • When soap is dissolved in water, its hydrophobic ends attach themselves to dirt and remove it from the cloth.
  • The hydrophobic end of the soap molecules move towards the dirt or grease particles. ’
  • The hydrophobic ends attach to the dirt particle and try to pull out.
  • The molecules of soap surround the dirt particle at the centre of the cluster and form a spherical structure called micelle.
  • These micelles remain suspended in water like particles in a colloidal solution.
  • The various micelles present in water do not come together to form a precipitate as each micelle repels the other because of the ion-ion repulsion.
  • Thus, the dust particles remain trapped in micelles and are easily rinsed away with water.
  • Hence, soap micelles remove dirt by dissolving it in water.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 280

Question 28.
Why we are advised not to use animal fats for cooking?
Answer:

  • Animal fats have recently been implicated as the cause of heart disease and obesity. So, we are advised not to use animal fats for cooking.
  • Excess animal fat is stored in lipocytes, which expand in size until the fat is used for fuel.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 29.
Which oil is recommended for cooking? Why?
Answer:
Canola oil :

  • A recent entrant into the Indian market Canola is flying off the shelves.
  • Canola oil which is made from the crushed seeds of the Canola plant, is said to be amongst the healthiest of cooking oils.
  • It has the lowest saturated fat content of any oil.
  • It’s seen as a healthy alternative as it’s rich in monosaturated fats and is high in omega-3 and omega a fats.
  • It has a medium smoking point and is an oil that works well for fruits, baking, sauteing, etc.

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Observe the structural formula of the following hydro carbons and write their names in your notebook.
Answer:
1) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH2
Sol. But-l-ene

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 26
Sol. 2-Methyl butane

3) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
Sol. Hexane

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 27
Sol. 3-Methyl, but-l-ene

5)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 28
Sol. Prop-l-yne

Activity-2

Question 2.
Read the names of the following hydro carbons and draw their structures in your notebook.
1. 2,2-Dimethyl hexane
Sol.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 29

2. But-l-yne
Sol. CH3 – CH2 – C = CH

3. 3-Methyl Pent-2-ene
Sol.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 30

4. But-1.2-diene
Sol. CH3 – CH3 = c = CH2

5. Hept-2 en, 4-yne
Sol.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 31

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Write an activity to show esterification reactions.
Answer:
The compound formed is ester. The process is called esterification.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 32

  1. Take 1 ml of ethanol and 1 ml of glacial acetic acid along with a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid in a test tube.
  2. Warm it in a water bath or a beaker containing water for at least five minutes.
  3. Pour the warm contents into a beaker containing 20-50 ml of water and observe the odour of the resulting mixture.
  4. We will notice that the resulting mixture is sweet odoured subatance.
  5. This substance is nothing but ethyl acetate, an ester.
  6. This reaction is called esterification reaction.

Activity – 4

Question 4.
Write an activity to show soap solution separates oil from water.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 33

  1. Take about 10 ml of water each in two test tubes.
  2. Add a drop of oil to both the test tubes.
  3. Label them as A and B.
  4. Add a few drops of soap solution to test tube B.
  5. Now shake both the test tubes vigorously for the same period of time.
  6. We can see the oil and water layers separately in both the test tubes immediately after we stop shaking them.
  7. Leave the test tubes undisturbed for sometime and observe.
  8. The oil layer separates out first in which test tube we added drops of soap solution.

 

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 10th Lesson Our Environment

10th Class Biology 10th Lesson Natural Resources 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Recently a new programme was launched in our state known as “Vanam – Manain”. Prepare any two slogans to promote the programme.
Answer:
a) Save forest, forest will save you.
b) Grow the plants and get the fresh air.

Question 2.
Suggest any two practices suitable to farmers with less water resources.
Answer:

  1. Construction of percolation tanks (or) Soak pits
  2. Irrigation techniques like drip irrigation and usage of sprinklers.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 3.
Why should we conserve forests? Give two reasons.
Answer:
a) Forests serve as lungs for the world. They purify the air and protect the earth from greenhouse effect and global warming,
b) Forests are rich habitats for plants

Question 4.
Ravi observed AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources 1 symbol on the plastic water bottle purchased by him. What does this symbol indicate? and animals.
Answer:
The symbol on the plastic bottle indicates that the bottle is made from recycled plastic and after its use it can be recycled.

Question 5.
Write any two suggestions for the conservation of biodiversity at your village.
Answer:

  1. Protecting and preserving the natural habitats of birds and animals.
  2. Replace the wood products with alternative sources.
  3. Using Recycled products and following the 4’R Principle in day to day life.

Question 6.
Suggest any two activities to check soil erosion in your school.
Answer:

  1. Observe the school ground after the rain.
  2. Conduct a field project on soil erosion.

Question 7.
To create awareness on “Water conservation” in your locality, what slogan you will suggest?
Prepare two slogans on ‘Save Water’ propaganda.
Answer:
“Don’t Waste Water”.
“Save every drop”.
“Water is life”.

Question 8.
The symbol AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources 1is there on the item you bought. What it instructs? (OR)
What does the given logo indicate? What does it mean?
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources 1
Answer:
It is the Recycle logo. It indicates that the item we bought is prepared from recycled materials or the item can be recycled after use.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 9.
What happens if the forest area decreases rapidly?
Answer:
If the forest area decreases

  1. It destroys wildlife habitat.
  2. It increases soil erosion.
  3. It releases green house gases into the atmosphere contributing to global warming.
  4. It also harms people who relay on forest for their survival, hunting and gathering, harvesting forest products or using timber and firewood.

Question 10.
Write two activities which you are performing to save electricity.
(OR)
Write any two measures vou take in your home to reduce the consumption of electricity.
Answer:

  1. We can reduce the consumption of electricity by putting off the fans and lights when there is no need.
  2. We can use LED (Lighting Emitting Device) bulbs to save electricity.
  3. To shut down laptops and computers when they are not in use.

Question 11.
Prepare two slogans on protecting non-renewable resources.
Answer:

  1. Use Biofuel – Reduce Fossil Fuel.
  2. Use alternative resources – Save the environment.

Question 12.
Write two examples for non-renewable resources.
Answer:
Examples for non-renewable resources are coal, petroleum and natural gas.

Question 13.
What is sustainable development? Is it needful for us?
Answer:
When we use the environment In ways that ensure we have resources for the future, It Is called sustainable development. It Is needed because development and conservation can coexist In harmony.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 14.
What are examples for natural resources?
Answer:
Examples for natural resources are water, soil, forests, flora, fauna, etc.

Question 15.
What are percolation tanks?
Answer:
Percolation tanks are normally earthen dams with masonry structures where water may overflow.

Question 16.
What are Kharif crops?
Answer:
Crops grown In the rainy season are termed as Kharif crops, e.g: Paddy, maize, millet and cotton crops.

Question 17.
What are Rabi crops?
Answer:
The crops that are grown only in winter season are generally called Rabi crops, e.g.: Wheat, Gram and Mustard.

Question 18.
What is the average fall of ground water level in Andhra Pradesh state during the period of 1998 – 2002?
Answer:
The average fall of ground water level In Andhra Pradesh state during the period of 1998 – 2002 Is 3 meters.

Question 19.
Which agency in villages of Warangal district helped in recharging wells that were being dried up?
Answer:
Centre for water solidarity (Secundrabad, T.S.) helped In recharging wells that were drying up In the villages.

Question 20.
Give examples for micro irrigation techniques.
Answer:
Drip irrigation, sprinklers are the examples for micro irrigation techniques.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 21.
Mow did the boundaries between the villages were fixed in ancient times?
Answer:
In ancient times village boundaries were decided upon a water shed (Land between water sources usually of two rivers or streams) basis fixed at the common point of the drainage system In between two villages by the expert farmers In the village.

Question 22.
Expand ICRISAT.
Answer:
International Crop Research Institute for Semi-Arid Tropics.

Question 23.
What is the other name for Sri Rama Sagar Project?
Answer:
Sri Rama Sagar Project also known as the Pochampadu project on the Godavari river,

Question 24.
What is the use qf planting Gliricidia on field bunds?
Answer:
Planting Gliricidia on field bunds help In strengthen them and make the soli nitrogen-rich.

Question 25.
What is the micro irrigation system that can reduce water consumption by 70%?
Answer:
Drip irrigation can reduce water consumption by 70%.

Question 26.
Who predicted that by 2025, 1.8 billion people will be living in countries or regions with absolute water scarcity ?
Answer:
The Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) of the united nations has predicted that by 2025, 1.8 billion people will be living in countries or regions with absolute water scarcity.

Question 27.
What happens if we use resources wisely?
Answer:
If resources are used wisely and efficiently they will last much longer. Through conservation people can reduce waste and manage natural resources wisely.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 28.
Give an example of country where restrictions on water usage were imposed.
Answer:
In Australia restrictions were imposed on activities like, watering lawns by using sprinkler systems, washing vehicles, using house pipes to clean paved areas, and refilling swimming pools.

Question 29.
Why are the natural resources used up quickly?
Answer:
The population of human beings has grown enormously in the past two centuries. Billions of people use up resources quickly as they eat food, build houses, produce goods and burn fuel for transportation and electricity.

Question 30.
What happens if we damage a forest resource?
Answer:
Harm to animals that may be forced to find new habitats. If we damage a forest resource indiscriminately the depletion of resources occur and we may have to face problem for water and timber in future.

Question 31.
What are the results of deforestation?
Answer:
Deforestation destroys wild life habitats and increases soil erosion and also releases green house gases into atmosphere, contributing to global warming.

Question 32.
How the people in China and Mexico recycle paper? (OR)
Give an example of recycling paper by the people. What is the use of recycling paper?
Answer:
People in China and Mexico reuse much of their waste paper, including writing paper, wrapping paper and card board.

Question 33.
How the soil is important for us ? How the soil is importane for us?
Answer:
Soil is vital to food production and also important to plants that grow in the wild.

Question 34.
What are the reasons for depletion of nutrients in soil?
Answer:
Poor farming methods, such as repeatedly planting the same type of crop in the same place cause depletion of nutrients in the soil.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 35.
What is biodiversity?
Answer:
Biodiversity is the variety of living things that populate the Earth.

Question 36.
How are people speeding up the loss of biodiversity?
Answer:
Through hunting, pollution, habitat destruction, people are speeding up the loss of biodiversity.

Question 37.
How many plant species are being used by us for medicines world wide?
Answer:
We use between 50,000 to 70,000 plant species for medicines world wide.

Question 38.
What is selective harvesting?
Answer:
The practice or removing individual plants or small groups of plants leaving other plants standing to anchor the soil is called selective harvesting.

Question 39.
How are fossil fuels produced?
Answer:
The fuels that are produced from the remains of ancient plants and animals are called fossil fuels. They include coal, petroleum and natural gas.

Question 40.
What are the alternate sources of energy?
Answer:
The alternate sources of energy are sun, wind and water.

Question 41.
What are the other products made from petroleum?
Answer:
Plastic, synthetic, rubber, fabrics like nylon, medicines, cosmetics, waxes, cleaning products, medical devices, etc., are the other products made from petroleum.

Question 42.
Which plant’s seeds are used for the production of bio-fuel?
Answer:
Seeds from the Jatropa Curcas plant are used for the production of bio-fuel.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 43.
How does the mining method, Mountain Top Removal mining (MTR) devastate the environment?
Answer:
The mining method Mountain Top Removal mining devastate the environment. They destroy soil, plants and animal habitats.

Question 44.
In which country car manufacturers recycle many raw materials used in making automobiles?
Answer:
In Japan car manufacturers recycle many raw materials used in making automobiles.

Question 45.
In which country nearly one third of the iron produced comes from recycled automobiles?
A. In the United States, nearly one-third of the iron produced comes from recycled automobiles.

Question 46.
What does the Indian tradition teach us?
Answer:
The Indian tradition teaches us that all forms of life – human, animal and plant are so closely inter linked that disturbance of one gives rise to imbalance in the other.

Question 47.
Expand IUCN.
Answer:
IUCN stands for International Union for the Conservation of Nature.

Question 48.
How is IUCN planning to protect wild life and habitats?
Answer:
IUCN monitors the status of endangered wild life, threatened national parks and preserves.

Question 49.
What are the four R’s to save the environment?
Answer:
Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Recover are the four R’s to save the environment.

Question 50.
How did Amritha Devi and her daughters protest against the king’s order?
Answer:

  1. Amritha Devi and her daughters, followed by villagers, who clung to trees in the forest surrounding their village and laid down their lives to save them.
  2. They protested against the king’s order to collect wood for the construction of his palace.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 51.
Write a method of soil conservation.
Answer:
One soil conservating method is called contour strip cropping. Several crops such as corn, wheat and clover are planted to alternating strips across a slope or across the path of the prevailing wind.

Question 52.
What is the rate of extinction by the estimation of the scientists?
Answer:

  1. Scientists estimate that the current rate of extinction is 1,000 times the natural rate through hunting, pollution, habitat destruction.
  2. Based on various estimates of the number of species on Earth, we could be losing anywhere from 200 to 1,00,000 species each year.

Question 53.
What is the need to protect biodiversity?
Answer:
We need to protect biodiversity to ensure plentiful and varied food sources. Biodiversity is important for more than just food because many plant species are being used for medicines.

Question 54.
Mention two ways in which water harvesting can be undertaken?
Answer:
The two ways by which water harvesting can be undertaken are

  1. Capturing run off water from, rooftops.
  2. Capturing run off water from local catchments.

Question 55.
On the basis of the issues raised in the chapter management of natural resources, what changes you in corporate in your lifestyle in a move towards a sustainable use of our resources?
Answer:
I would incorporate the maximum of four R’s i.e., reduce, recycle, reuse and recover in my lifestyle in a move towards a sustainable use of our resources.

10th Class Biology 10th Lesson Natural Resources 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Rahul remarked that different human activities are responsible for global warming.
What might be the reasons for his statement?
Answer:

  1. Deforestation.
  2. Industrialisation and urbanization.
  3. Conversion of agriculture lands into residential areas.
  4. Home appliances like A/C, refrigerators, vehicle pollution.
  5. Population explosion.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 2.
What steps do you take to improve natural resources?
Answer:

  1. Motivate the people to conserve water.
  2. Try to avoid wastage of water whenever possible.
  3. Plantation in the vacant lands.
  4. Educating the farmer regarding proper utilization of water for irrigation.
  5. Encourage the people to recycle the water wherever possible.

Question 3.
Proper utilisation of natural resources is the way to show gratitude to our nation.
Can you support this statement? Give your argument.
Answer:

  1. Natural resources of a nation influence its economical and social development.
  2. Natural resources are freely available in nature and help in many activities and development of people.
  3. The generation of natural resources take a lot of time.
  4. They disappear by indiscriminate usage.
  5. So proper utilization of natural resources is the way to show gratitude to our nation.

Question 4.
The humans are utilising natural resources indiscriminately. These resources are decreasing more rapidly. Guess what will be the consequences in future?
Answer:
Indiscriminate usage of natural resources causes the following consequences.

  1. Reduction in rainfall
  2. Drought will occur.
  3. Atmospheric temperature becomes increase.
  4. The rare species become extinct.

Question 5.
Write any four slogans on the conservation of natural resources.
Answer:
Slogans:

  1. Waste water today – live in desert tomorrow
  2. Practice eco-friendly methods.
  3. Use natural resources judiciously.
  4. Save nature – Save future.

Question 6.
There is an increase in the atmospheric temperature year by year. If it continues, guess and write what would be the consequences?
Answer:
If the temperature on earth increases, the consequences would be as follows.
a) All the glaciers and the frozen ice in the polar region start melting leading to rise in the sea water levels.
b) It results in the submergence of low lying coastal areas throughout the world. Millions of people of those areas would lost their homes.
c) Changes in rainfall patterns take place and it result in the occurance of droughts and decrease in crop production.
d) Global warming results in climate change which cause the breakout of climatic sensitive diseases like Malaria, Dengue, Diarrhoea, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 7.
There is water scarcity in Ravi’s village during summer. He wants to conduct a rally to create awareness regarding conservation of water. Write any four slogans required to conduct this rally.
Answer:

  1. Water is life.
  2. Save water – Save a life.
  3. Today’s rain water is tomorrow’s life saver.
  4. No matter your occupation, water conservation is your obligation.

Question 8.
What steps you take to conserve the biofuels in your daily life?
Answer:

  1. Development and usage of alternative energy resources in place of bio-fuels.
  2. Minimise the usage of bio-fuels whenever possible.
  3. Use public transport, ride by bicycle and walking regularly.
  4. Use and purchase energy efficient appliances to save bio-fuels.

Question 9.
Why do we use fossil fuels judiciously?
Answer:

  1. Fossil fuels were produced from the remains of ancient plants and animals.
  2. They include coal, petroleum (oil) and natural gas.
  3. We need to use fossil fuels judiciously because they are non – renewable resources.
  4. We need to conserve fossil fuels so we don’t run out of them.
  5. The pollution caused by them when burnt, to limit our fossil fuel use.
  6. Future generations may not get these resources.
  7. Balance in the nature will be disturbed.
  8. Electricity production will be stopped.
  9. Vehicles running with fossil fuels become useless.

Question 10.
Write two suggestions to create awareness on groundwater conservation.
Answer:

  1. We need to adapt different methods to Improve the quality and increase the quantity of groundwater.
  2. We should dig water harvesting pits for every house.
  3. We should clean the silt, mud fill in tanks and ponds.
  4. We should prohibit the establishment of borewells for extraction of groundwater for agricultural and Industrial use.
  5. These measures will improve quality and quantity of groundwater.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 11.
What is the importance of 4R’s in achieving the goal of “Swachh Bharat”?
Answer:

  1. Reduce the production of garbage.
  2. Reuse the garbage for the production of manure and electricity.
  3. Recycle the garbage by separating It as dry and wet garbage.
  4. Recover the plants.

Question 12.
Suggest four measures to conserve fossil fuels.
Answer:
Measures to conserve fossil fuels:

  1. Usage of alternatives to fossil fuel.
  2. Minimise the usage of fossil fuel.
  3. Walk, ride by bicycle and use public transportation whenever possible.
  4. Purchase energy efficient appliances.
  5. Turn off light and other electronics when you are not using them.

Question 13.
The indiscriminate digging of Borewells may result in what type of consequences in future?
Answer:

  1. Due to over drilling of borewells and pulling out water by electric motors, the ground water level Is decreasing day by day.
  2. It Is goes on without recharging, ground water becomes scarce.
  3. It shows impact on agriculture and the productivity will decrease.
  4. Fluorine levels In ground water will increase.
  5. Sometimes, saline water may intrude Into the interior places of land and water becomes unfit for consumption.
  6. Farmers have to drill the bore wells to more depths which Increase the losses for them.

Question 14.
Ramaiah made broad bed furrow around his field under employment guarantee scheme. Guess the reasons for if. If all the farmers of your village work together, will their water scarcity meet?
Answer:
The reason for Ramaiah making broad bed furrow around his field was, it is useful to conserve soil and water, fertilizer application weeding operations. It also conserves rain water.

The farmers are over coming the water scarcity by sharing water available in the village. They formed groups of farmer including large and small ones who would use the same water resource. Farmers were also motivated to use irrigation techniques like drip irrigation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 15.
What are renewable sources and non-renewable resources?
Answer:
Renewable resources: Resources that can be replaced after they are used are called renewable resources.
Ex: Air, water and soil.
Non-renewable resources: Some other resources, cannot be replaced at all: Once they are used up they are gone forever and are called non renewable resources.
Ex: Coal, Petroleum, Natural gas (fossil fuels).

Question 16.
How do people waste natural resources?
Answer:

  1. People often waste natural resources.
  2. Animals are over hunted, forests are cleared, exposing land to wind and water damage.
  3. Fertile soil is exhausted and lost to erosion because of poor farming practices.
  4. Fuel supplies are depleted.
  5. Water and air are polluted.
  6. Water resources is indiscriminately used for crop growth.

Question 17.
How do people use the forest resources differently?
Answer:

  1. The need to conserve resources often conflicts with other needs.
  2. For some people, a forest area may be a good place to put a farm.
  3. A timber company may want to harvest the area’s trees for construction materials.
  4. A business company may want to build a factory or a shopping mall on the land.

Question 18.
What are die effects of deforestation?
Answer:

  1. Deforestation destroys wild life habitats and increases soil erosion.
  2. It also releases green house gases into the atmosphere, contributing to global warming,
  3. Deforestation accounts for 15 per cent of the world’s green house gas emissions.
  4. Deforestation also harms the people who rely on forests for their survival, hunting and gathering, harvesting forest products, or using the timber for firewood.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 19.
In your opinion What are the causes for soil erosion?
Answer:

  1. Soil erosion is caused by poor farming methods such as repeatedly planting the same type of crop in the same place.
  2. These methods deplete nutrients in the soil.
  3. Soil erosion Is also caused by water and wind currents.
  4. When farmers plough up and down hills, soil erosion occurs.
  5. Overgrazing by cattle also causes soil erosion.
  6. Natural floods causes the extensive damage to the top layer of the soil.

Question 20.
What is Biodiversity? Explain.
(OR)
What is the importance of biodiversity?
Answer:

  1. Biodiversity is the variety of living things that populate the earth.
  2. The products and benefits we get from nature rely on biodiversity.
  3. We need to protect biodiversity to ensure plentiful and varied food sources.
  4. Biodiversity is important for more than just food. For instance we use between 50,000 to 70,000 plant species for medicines world wide.

Question 21.
How can we use the fossil fuels carefully?
Answer:
We can use the fossil fuels carefully by taking the following measures.

  1. Turn off lights and other electronics when we are not using them.
  2. Purchase energy-efficient appliances.
  3. Walk, ride a bicycle, if the distance is less.
  4. Use public transportation whenever possible.
  5. It is better to prefer public transport system like bus or train, instead of travel in personal vehicles.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 22.
Why the prices of aluminium and iron are expensive?
Answer:
Earth’s supply of raw material resources is in danger. Many mineral deposits that have been located and mapped have been depleted. As the ores for minerals like aluminium and iron become harder to find and extract, their prices go up.
This makes tools and machinery more expensive to purchase and operate.

Question 23.
What are the effects of mining?
Answer:

  1. Many mining methods such as Mountain Top Removal mining (MTR) devastate the environment.
  2. They destroy soil, plants and animal habitats.
  3. Many mining methods also pollute water and air, as toxic chemicals leak into the surrounding ecosystem.

Question 24.
What did Smt. Indira Gandhi said, while launching the world conservation strategy in India on 6th March 1980?
Answer:
“The interest in conservation is not a sentimental one but the discovery of a truth well known to our ancient stages. The Indian tradition teaches us that all forms of life- human, animal and plant – are so closely inter-linked that disturbance in one gives rise to imbalance in the other” said by Smt. Indira Gandhi.

Question 25.
What are the steps taken by the government to conserve resources?
Answer:

  1. Government enacts laws defining how land should be used and which areas should be set aside as parks and wild life preserves.
  2. The government enforces laws designed to protect the environment from pollution, such as requiring factories to install pollution control devices and also provide incentives for conserving resources.

Question 26.
What is the necessity of sustainable management of natural resources? Out of the two methods reuse and recycle which one would you suggest to practice and why?
Answer:

  1. Sustainable management of natural resources is necessary to Increase the over all life of natural resources specially non renewable resources and also to control the environmental pollution.
  2. Both reuse and recycle are the good choice.
  3. Reuse: If we reuse something then the cost of recycle will be saved.
  4. Recycle: It is not necessary that each and everything can be reused, so after getting recycled the life of the resource will be enhanced.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 27.
“Burning fossil fuels is a cause of global warming”. Justify this statement?
Answer:

  1. Fossil fuels are composed of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen and sulphur.
  2. When these are burnt they produce CO2, H2O, Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulphur.
  3. Incomplete combustion of fossil fuels produces green house gases such as CO2,
  4. If huge amount of fossil fuels are burnt, It would produce high amount of CO2 resulting intense global warming.

Question 28.
Can you suggest some changes in your school which would make it environment friendly?
Answer:
The changes that would make my school environment friendly are

  1. Save energy by turning off lights that we are not using.
  2. I will suggest to buy recycled paper for decoration and other purposes.
  3. Use writing paper on both the sides.
  4. Growing trees and plants all around the play ground.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 29.
What is the necessity of replenishment of forest? State four reasons.
Answer:
The replenishment of forest is necessary because of the following reasons.

  1. It is used to conserve soil.
  2. It provides shelter to wild animals.
  3. It reduces atmospheric pollution.
  4. It controls flood and increases frequency of rainfall.

10th Class Biology 10th Lesson Natural Resources 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Forest is renewable resource. But, each year, the Earth loses about 36 million acres of forest. In this type of situation, what suggestions do you give to save forests from turning into non-renewable resources ?
Answer:

  1. Forests are the lungs of the world. So I will suggest the following measures to save forests from turning into non-renewable resources.
  2. Sustainable forestry practices for ensuing resources into the future.
  3. Low impact logging practices, harvesting with natural regeneration in mind. Prevention of removing all the high value trees or all the largest trees from the forests. Recycling methods should be adopted.
  4. Replace wood products with alternative sources.
  5. Preventing forest fires.
  6. Implementing methods like agro forestry, social forestry crop rotation, green plantation, etc. are essential.

Question 2.
What are four R’s? Explain how they help to conserve the environment?
(OR)
Write about the 4 ‘R’s needed for the protection and conservation of environment.
Answer:
By pursuing the maximum of four R’s i.e., Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recover, we can save the environment in an effective way.

  1. Reduce : It means to use less, I would save electricity by switching off unnecessary lights and fans, prefer walking or cycling than using a vechicle, turn off the engine of car at red light, repair leaky taps and would not waste food.
  2. Recycle: It means to collect used things like plastic, paper, galss and metal items and recycle these materials to make required things instead of synthesising or extracting fresh plastic, paper, glass or metal.
  3. Reuse: It refers to use things again and again. For example instead of throwing away used envelops, they can be used by pasting new labels.
  4. Recover: We should implement ‘recover’ to prevent environmental threat. For example when we cut trees to construct industries or roads for transportation, it is important to grow trees in another areas.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 3.
What steps you would like to follow on your part to conserve bio-diversity?
Answer:

  1. Biodiversity is the variety of living things that populate the earth.
  2. To conserve biodiversity we should avoid hunting.
  3. Sustainable forest conservation methods should be followed.
  4. I will actively participate Vana Mahosthavam programmes.
  5. I will educate and encourage people and make them participate in conservation programmes.
  6. Create awareness programmes in and around school.
  7. Writing slogans and also make some posters about conservation of biodiversity
  8. Judicious use of electricity wherever possible.
  9. Finding out of various alternative sources of energy.
  10. Plant the saplings in the habitat.
  11. Encouraging of social forestry.

Question 4.
Observe the pie diagram showing water resources available in our state for agriculture and answer the given questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources 2A) Which water resource is using more for agriculture?
B) What are the consequences of excess utilization of underground water?
C) Which water resource should be utilized for agriculture?
D) What are the alternative ways to increase the underground water resources?

Answer:
A) Ground water.
B) Underground water table will be depleted and scarcity of drinking water will arise.
C)

  1. Tanks should be constructed to harvest with rain water.
  2. Projects should be constructed across the rivers to store water that can be utilized for agriculture.

D)

  1. Construction of rain water storage structures on large scale.
  2. Constructing soaking or percolation pits.
  3. Contour field bunding.
  4. Recharge of wells by building dykes or barriers in the nalla.
  5. Plantation in waste lands.
  6. Adapting micro irrigation techniques.
    (Any two points you can write)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 5.
Forests are renewable resource. Write four sentences supporting this.
(OR)
“Forest is a renewable resource”. Do you agree? Justify.
Answer:

  1. Forests are rich habitat for plants and animals. Forests serve as lungs for the world and a bed of nutrients for new fife to prosper.
  2. Forest’s pure air protects the earth from green house effect by removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and converts it into oxygen.
  3. Many fruits, medicines, dyes, sandle wood and bamboo is obtained from forest by local people.
  4. Forest provide employment to large number of people and also help in generating revenue.

Question 6.
Observe the above table and answer the following questions.

Village Type of Farmer Income per acre on Crops
Paddy Cotton Mirchi Maize
A Small 7,500 9,300 5,200 5,000
Large 26,700 38,000 16,700 12,900
B Small 7,200 8,750 4,900 5,100
Large 32,900 42,000 18,400 13,700′

1. Which crop is most suitable to cultivate for small farmer in both the villages?
Answer:
Cotton, paddy

2. If you are a large farmer, which crop do you select to cultivate?
Answer:
Cotton, paddy, mirchi

3. What similarities you have identified in village A and village B?
Answer:
Small and large fanners cultivated same type of crop in both villages. Large farmer gets more income per acre on crops than small farmer in both the villages.

4. Which is the lowest income crop ?
Answer:
Mirchi.

5. Is there any relationship between production of crops and income ? How ?
Answer:
Commercial crops are good for income. Income may or may not related to production of crop. It depends upon demand of the market.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 7.
Read the given information and answer the following questions.

A survey was conducted in two villages, Vanaparthy and Vaddicherla of Warangal district in Telangana State. The first with no scarcity and the second with scarce groundwater. Well census was carried out in the villages in order to get a complete picture of well irrigation and its status as well as availability of water. There are no alternative sources of supply as against wells in Vaddicherla, where there is an existing tank that has been converted into a percolation tank, so that the water situation is much better in Vanaparthy.

i) Why did they conduct survey?
Answer:
A compartive study on available water resources irigation method in the Vaddicharla and Wanaparthi of Warangal Dist of Telangana State.

ii) What are irrigation resources in Telangana State?
Answer:
Lakes, wells, canals and ground water etc…,

iii) In which village, do you suggest drip irrigation?
Answer:
Vaddicherla.

iv) Why the water situation is much better in Vanaparthy village compared to Vaddicherla?
Answer:
Existing tank has been converted into a percolation tank.

Question 8.
Observe the Pie diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources 3i) Identify the fossil fuels from the above diagram.
Answer:
Coal, natural gas, oils are fossil fuels.

ii) Why wastes should be considered as primary energy source in future?
Answer:
The fossil fuels may be exhausted in future. So we may be considered that wastes are primary alternative energy resources.

iii) Why can’t we depend on fossil fuels forever?
Answer:
We can’t depend on fossil fuels forever because fossil fuels are non-renewable resources.

iv) What are the alternatives for fossil fuels?
Answer:
Solar energy, wind energy, tide energy, nuclear energy, energy from waste materials.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 9.
Explain the importance and implementation of community based interventions and farmer based interventions for water management.
Answer:
Community based interventions:

  1. For water harvesting, there is an urgent need to construct earthen and masonry dams. They help us to store rain water during rainy seasons. They are help in increasing the ground water table.
  2. Construction of percolation pits and field bunding are very helpful in the harvesting every rain drop.
  3. Open dry wells near nalla canal were recharged by building dykes or barriers in the nalla and maintaining the run – off rain water. The ground water is recharged by these community based interventions.
    Farmer based interventions:
  4. Broad Bed Furrow (BBF) land form and contour planting methods are very useful to conserve soil, water and fertilizer application and weeding operations.
  5. Planting Gliricidia, a leguminous plant adapted to grow in dry areas on field bunds to strengthen them and make the soil nitrogen rich.
  6. Farmers were encouraged to use water resource jointly and irrigate land using micro irrigation methods like sprinklers and drip irrigation.

Question 10.
Explain the farmer based and community based interventions to conserve soil and water resources.
Answer:

Water Management Collected information
Farmer based water management 1. Farmer based water management implemented individual fields were Broad Bed Furrow (BBF) land form and Contour Planting to conserve in situ soil and water.

2. Use of tropiculator for planting, fertilizer appli­cation and weeding operations. Planting Gliricidia on field bunds to strengthen bunds conserve rain water and supply nitrogen rich organic matter for in situ application to crops.

3. Farmers will obtain 250 kg more pigeon pea and 50 kg more maize per hectare using broad bed furrows and micro irrigation techniques.

Community based water management 1. Fourteen water storage structures (one earthen and 13 masonry dams) with water storage capac­ity of 300 to 2000 m3 were to be constructed in Kothapally village of Rangareddy district.

2. More than 250 rain harvesting structures such as checkdams mini percolation pits, sunken pits and gully plugs were erected in watershed throughout the topo – sequence.

3. Farmers were encouraged for water sharing methods. They formed groups of farmers including large and small ones who would use the same water resource.

4. Farmers have to motivated to use irrigation techni- quies like drip irrigation, sprinklers, etc.

5. Construction of soak pits will help to tap rain water optimally should carry out as community effort.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 11.
“The humans who were developed by using the natural resources, today has become the reason for destroying them”. Explain analytically.
Answer:
“The humans who were developed by using the natural resources, today has become the reason for destroying them” – This statement is absolutely true.

  1. Primitive man lived in forests and hills. He used the natural resources for his livelyhood. He worshipped nature and used them wisely for his development.
  2. After his development, he becomes greedy and using the natural resources indiscriminately and held responsible for their destruction.
  3. To meet the needs of growing population, industrialization, urbanization, and huge constructive activities, man utilised natural resources Indiscriminately. At the same time, he did not planned for their revival.
  4. But now he realised the importance of natural resources and taken up steps for their conservation. The concept of “Sustainable development” is being implemented in natural resource management.
  5. He focussed on development of alternatives for fossil fuels, conservation of water and soil at community level and farmer based interventions.
  6. Now he is so keen on conserving forests, wild life and biodiversity.
  7. He is so cautious in minimising the utilization of natural resources by following 4’R principle in the day to day life [R – Reduce, R – Reuse, R – Recycle, R – Recover]
  8. Now, he is adopting micro-irrigation methods like sprinklers and drip Irrigation to minimise the water usage in low water available areas.
  9. He is very interested in following eco-friendly techniques, natural farming methods, using biofertilizers, vermicompost and natural pest control methods in place of toxic chemical pesticides.

Question 12.
The wells and tanks in your village become dry. Ground water levels decreased. Assume the causes for this. Will there be no water scarcity if all the farmers of your village work collectively?
Answer:
Causes for decreasing ground water levels:

  1. Varying monsoon behaviour in recent years, there is a pressure on ground water utilization.
  2. Indiscriminate tapping of ground water in our village by too much drilling and construction of deep tube wells and bore wells have resulted in over exploitation and depletion of ground water resources.
  3. There will be no water scarcity if all the farmers of our village work collectively. Farmers in our village were encouraged to use water resource jointly and irrigate land using micro irrigation techniques. By using micro irrigation techniques farmers in our village obtained more crop yield. Farmers in our village follow the micro irrigation method i.e. drip irrigation and can reduce water consumption by 70% in our village.

Question 13.
Whom do you meet to collect the information of the methods of farmer based, community based water management? Prepare information table to note down your observation.
Answer:
I will meet officials of International Crop Research Institute for Semi – Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) located at Hyderabad to collect information of the methods of farmer based and community based water management.
I also collect information from Central Research Institute for Dry Land Agriculture (CRIDA), National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), District Water Management Agency (DWMA) and M Venkatarangaiah Foundation (MVF) and NGO.
The information I gathered from these institutions is summarised below.
Information table:
For Information table See Q.No. 10 in 4 Marks.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

Question 14.
Think that there is much scarcity of water for drinking and cultivation in your village. What advice do you give to prevent this?
(OR)
How do you overcome the problem of water scarcity in your village?
Answer:

  1. Motivate the people to conserve water.
  2. I will educate the people to avoid wastage of water whenever possible.
  3. Construction of recharge pits in the house, school and in the open areas to increase the underground water level.
  4. Planting trees wherever possible in the village particularly in the vacant lands.
  5. Educate the farmers about the micro irrigation system like drip irrigation, sprin¬klers, etc.
  6. Encourage the farmers to form groups to share available water among themselves.
  7. Construction of percolation tanks in the low lying areas of the village.

Question 15.
What type of fossil fuels are used in your house? What measures do you take to conserve them?
Answer:
Fossil fuels are sources of energy for cooking, heating and burning in our households. Petrol and diesel are being used in our house for transport and running generators and water pumps.
Measures to be taken to conserve fossil fuels in my house :

  1. I will put the food material to be cooked on the stove only after arranging all the things which are necessary for cooking.
  2. By using pressure cookers 20% gas on rice and 41.5% on meat would be saved when compared to Other cooking means.
  3. We must reduce the flame as soon as the boiling process starts in a pressure cooker. This process saves nearly 35% of fuel.
  4. I will soak the food material before cooking. It saves 22% of fuel.
  5. I will cook food in broad and low depth vessel.
  6. I will keep lid on the cooking vessel. If not, it takes more time to cook.
  7. For short distances to travel I will go by walk to save fuel for longer distance. I use public transport.
  8. Encourage people to use solar water heater and solar cooker.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Natural Resources

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy

10th Class Chemistry 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
Can you mention some articles that are made up of metals?
Answer:
Jewellery, conducting wires, utensils, etc.

Question 2.
Do metals exist in nature in the form same as that we use in our daily life?
Answer:
No, they exist as ores and minerals.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 3.
Have you ever heard the words like ore, mineral and metallurgy?
Answer:
Yes, these words are related to extraction of metals.

Question 4.
Do you know how these metals are obtained?
Answer:
These metals are generally extracted from their ores.

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
List three metals that are found in nature as oxide ores.
Answer:
The three metals that are found in nature as oxide ores are

  1. Bauxite (Al2O3 2H2O)
  2. Haematite (Fe2O3)
  3. Zincite (ZnO).

Question 2.
List three metals that are found in nature in uncombined form.
Answer:
The three metals that are found in nature in uncombined form are

  1. Gold
  2. Silver
  3. Platinum.

Question 3.
Write a note on dressing of ore in metallurgy.
(OR)
What is concentration of Ore? List various physical methods that are used to enrich the ore.
Answer:

  • Ores that are mined from the earth are usually contaminated with large amount of impurities such as soil and sand, etc.
  • Concentration or dressing means, simply getting rid of as much of the unwanted rocky material as possible from the ore. The impurities like sand and clay are called gangue.

The physical methods adopted in dressing of the ore or enriching the ore depends upon the difference between physical properties of ore and gangue.

Methods of dressing or concentration of the ore:
1. Hand picking :
If the ore particles and the impurities are different in one of the properties like colour, size, etc. using that property, the ore particles are handpicked separating them from other impurities.

2. Washing:

  • We use washing method with water to separate dust from rice, dal and vegetable fruits, etc.
  • Ore particles are crushed and kept on a slopy surface. They are washed with controlled flow of water. Less densive impurities are carried away by water flow, leaving the more densive ore particles behind.

3. Froth flotation:
This method is mainly useful for sulphide ores. The ore with impurities is finely powdered and kept in water taken in a flotation cell. Air under pressure is blown to produce froth in water. Froth so produced, takes the ore particles to the surface whereas impurities settle at the bottom. Froth is separated and washed to get ore particles.

4. Magnetic separation:
If the ore or impurity, one of them is magnetic substance and the other is non-magnetic substance, they are separated using electromagnets.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 4.
What is an ore? On what basis a mineral is chosen as an ore?
Answer:
Ore :
A mineral from which a metal can be extracted economically and conveniently is called ore.
A mineral is chosen as an ore if the mineral is economical and profitable to extract.

Example:
Aluminium is the common metal in the Earth’s crust in all sorts of minerals. It is economically feasible and profitable to extract from bauxite which contains 50-70% of aluminium oxide.

Question 5.
Write the names of any two ores of iron.
Answer:
The names of two ores of iron :

  1. Haematite (Fe2O3)
  2. Magnetite (Fe3O4).

Question 6.
How do metals occur in nature ? Give examples to any two types of minerals.
Answer:

  • The earth’s crust is the major source of metals.
  • Sea water also contains some soluble salts such as sodium chloride and magnesium chloride etc.
  • Some metals like gold (Au), silver (Ag) and copper (Cu) are available in nature in free state as they are least reactive.
  • Other metals are found in nature in the combined form due to their more reactivity.
  • The elements or compounds of the metals which occur in nature in the earth’s crust are called minerals.

Examples :
Minerals in oxide form :
Bauxite, Zincite, Magnetite, etc.

Minerals in sulphide form :
Copper iron pyretes, Galena, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 7.
Write short notes on froth flotation process.
(OR)
Which method is useful for concentration of sulphide ore? Explain the method.
Answer:
Froth Floatation process :

  • This method is mainly useful for sulphide ores which have no wetting property whereas impurities get wetted.
  • The ore with impurities is finely powdered and kept in water taken in a floatation cell.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 1
Froth floatation process for the concentration of sulphide ores

  • Air under pressure is blown to produce froth in water.
  • Froth so produced takes the ore particles to the surface whereas impurities settle at the bottom.
  • Froth is separated and washed to get ore particles.

Question 8.
When do we use magnetic separation method for concentration of an ore? Explain with an example.
(OR)
Write the name of the method we use to separate the ore or impurity in which one of them is magnetic substance. Draw a neat diagram indicating the method.
Answer:
If the ore or impurity, one of them is magnetic substance and the other non-magnetic substance they are separated using electromagnets.
Ex :
Iron from iron ore (Fe3O4) is separated from its impurity by passing through a magnetic field. The field attracts magnetic ore (Iron) and repels the non-magnetic impurities.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 2

Question 9.
Write short notes on each of the following :
i) Roasting
ii) Calcination
iii) Smelting
Answer:
i) Roasting :
Roasting is a pyrochemical process in which the ore is heated in the presence of oxygen or air, below its melting point. Generally, reverberatory furnace is used for roasting.
Ex:
Zinc blende on heating with oxygen in reverberatory furnace forms zinc oxide as solid and liberating sulphur dioxide as gas.
2Zns(s) + 3O2(g) → 2ZnO(s) + 2SO2(g)

ii) Calcination :
Calcination is a pyrochemical process in which the ore is heated in the absence of air. The ore gets generally decomposed in this process.
Ex: MgCO3(s) → MgO(s) + CO2(g)

iii)Smelting:
Smelting is a pyrochemical process, in which the ore is mixed with flux and fuel, then is strongly heated.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 10.
What Is the difference between roasting and calcination? Give one example for each.
(OR)
Roasting and Calcination are the methods to extract crude metals from ores. What is the difference between Roasting and Calcination?
Answer:

Roasting Calcination
1. Roasting is a pyrochemical process in which the ore is heated in the presence of air below its melting point. 1. Calcination is a pyrochemical process in which the ore is heated in the absence of air.
2. It is an oxidation reaction. 2. It is a decomposition reaction.
3. It requires oxygen. 3. It doesn’t require oxygen.
4. It is suitable to sulphide ores. 4. It is suitable to carbonate ores.
5. Ex : 2ZnS + 3O2 → 2ZnO + 2SO2 5. Ex : CaCO3 → CaO + CO2

Question 11.
Define the terms:
i) gangue
ii) slag.
Answer:
i) Gangue:
The impurity present in the ore is called gangue.
(or)
Unwanted impurity associated with ore.

ii) Slag:
The impurities found from molten metal during poling process of refining are called slag.

Question 12.
Magnesium is an active metal if it occurs as a chloride in nature, which method of reduction is suitable for its extraction?
Answer:

  • The method of reduction which is useful for chloride of magnesium which is active is electrolytic reduction.
  • Fused MgCl2 is electrolysed with steel cathode (-) and graphite anode (+). The metal (Mg) will be deposited at cathode and chlorine gas liberates at the anode.
    At cathode : Mg2+ + 2 e → Mg
    At anode : 2 Cl → Cl2 + 2e

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 13.
Mention two methods which produce very pure metals.
Answer:
Methods which produce very pure metals are :

  1. Electrolytic Reduction
  2. Smelting.

(OR)

  1. Distillation
  2. Poling.

Question 14.
Which method do you suggest for extraction of high reactivity metals? Why?
Answer:
1.The only method which is suitable for extraction of high reactivity metals is electrolysis of their fused compounds.

2. Other methods are not suitable due to following reasons :
a) Simple reduction methods like heating with C, CO, etc. to reduce the ores of these metals are not suitable because the temperature required for the reduction is too high and more expensive.

b) Electrolysis of their aqueous solutions are also not preferable because water in the solution would be discharged at the cathode in preference to the metal ions.

Question 15.
Suggest an experiment to prove that the presence of air and water is essential for corrosion. Explain the procedure.
(OR)
Write the experimental procedure to prove that water and air are essential for rusting of iron articles.
(OR)
How can you prove that the presence of air and humid are essential for corrosion?
(OR)
Explain in brief, an experiment to prove that the presence of air and water are essential for corrosion.
Write the precautions to be taken in the experiment to show air and water are essential for rusting iron articles and also write the experimental procedure.
Answer:
Aim :
To prove that the presence of air and water is essential for corrosion or for rusting of iron articles.

Apparatus :
3 boiled test tubes, 3 corks, boiled distilled water, anhydrous calcium chloride, clean iron nails.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 3

Procedure :

  • Take three test tubes and place clean iron nails in each of them.
  • Label these test tubes A, B and C. Pour some water in test tube A and cork it.
  • Pour boiled distilled water in test tube B, add about 1 ml of oil and cork it. The oil will float on water and prevent the air from dissolving in the water.
  • Put some anhydrous calcium chloride in test tube C and cork it. Anhydrous calcium chloride will absorb the moisture.
  • Leave these test tubes for a few days and then observe.
  • We will observe that iron nails rust in test tube A, but they do not rust in test tubes B and C.

Observation :

  • In test tube A, the nails are exposed to air and water. Hence, the nails rusted.
  • In test tube B, the nails are exposed only to water, but not to air, because the oil float on water and prevent the air from dissolving in the water. Hence, the nails are not rusted.
  • In test tube C, the nails are exposed to dry air, because anhydrous calcium chloride will absorb the moisture, if any, from the air. Hence, the nails are not rusted.

Conclusion :
From the above experiment we can prove that air and water are essential for corrosion.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 16.
Collect information about extraction of metals of low reactivity silver, platinum and gold and prepare a report.
(OR)
Prepare a report with the collected information about extraction of metals of low reactivity silver, platinum and gold.
Answer:
Extraction of Silver:

  1. Silver can be extracted from Ag2S by using displacement from aqueous solution.
  2. Ag2S is dissolved in KCN solution to get dicyanoargentate (I) ions.
  3. From these ions Ag is precipitated by treating with Zinc dust powder.
    Ag2S + 4 CN → 2 [Ag(CN)2] + S2-
    2[Ag(CN)2](aq) + Zn(s) → [Zn(CN)4]2-(aq) + 2Ag(s)

Extraction of Gold :

  1. Gold is extracted from gold ore like electrum. Impurities are separated from the gold by treating gold ore with a weak cyanide solution.
  2. Zinc is added and a chemical reaction takes place which separates the gold from ore.
  3. Pure gold is removed from the solution with a filter press.

Extraction of Platinum:

  1. The extraction of platinum from ore is a complex process and includes milling the ore, a froth flotation process, and smelting at high temperatures.
  2. This removes the base metals, notably iron and sulphur and concentrate platinum.

Question 17.
Draw the diagram showing
i) Froth flotation
ii) Magnetic separation.
(OR)
Draw a neat diagram and label the parts that shows froth floatation process for the concentration of sulphide ore.
Answer:
i)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 1
ii)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 2

Question 18.
Draw a neat diagram of reverberatory furnace and label it neatly.
(OR)
Draw a neat labelled diagram of a reverberatory furnace.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 4

Question 19.
What is activity series? How does it help in extraction of metals?
Answer:
Activity Series :
We can arrange metals in descending order of their reactivity. This series of writing metals is called activity series.

Uses of activity series the extraction of metals :

  • Activity series is extremely useful in extraction of metals because we can judge the nature of metal and how it exists.
  • High reactive metals like K, Na, Ca, Mg and Al are so reactive that they are never found in nature in free state.
  • The moderate reactive metals like Zn, Fe, Pb, etc. are found in the earth’s crust mainly as oxides, sulphides and carbonates.
  • The least reactive metals like Au, Ag, Pt are found even in free state in nature.

Question 20.
What is thermite process? Mention its applications in daily life.
Answer:
Thermite Process :

  • Thermite process is the chemical reaction which takes place between metal oxides and aluminium.
  • When highly reactive metals such as sodium, calcium, aluminium, etc. are used as reducing agents, they displace metals of lower reactivity from the compound.
  • This reaction is highly exothermic. The amount of heat evolved is so high that the metals can he directly converted into molten state.

Applications in daily life :

  • The reaction if Iron (III) oxide (Fe203) with aluminium is used to join railing of railway tracks or cracked machine parts.
    2 Al + Fe2O3 → Al2O3 + 2 Fe + Heat.
  • And also used for joining of cracked metal utensils in the house.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 21.
Where do we use hand picking and washing methods in our daily life ? Give examples.
How do you correlate these examples with enrichment of ore?
Answer:
Daily life examples for hand picking:

  • Separating mud particles from rice is an example for hand picking because the colour and size of these two are different.
  • Similarly, the ore particles and the impurities are different in one of the properties like colour, size, etc. are separated by hand picking.

Daily life examples for washing :

  • We can clean some vegetables like potatoes by controlled flow of water. Less densive impurities are carried away by the flow leaving the more densive potatoes.
  • Similarly, ores are washed with controlled flow of water. Less densive impurities i are carried away by water flow, leaving the more densive ore particles behind.

Fill In The Blanks

1. The method is suitable to enrich the sulphide ores.
2. Arranging metals in the decreasing order of their reactivity is called
3. The method suitable for purification of low boiling metals.
4. Corrosion of iron occurs in the presence of and
5. The chemical process in which the ore is heated in the absence of air is called
Answer:

  1. Froth flotation
  2. activity series
  3. distillation
  4. air, water
  5. calcination

Multiple Choice Questions

1. The impurity present in the ore is called ………………….
A) Gangue
B) Flux
C) Slag
D) Mineral
Answer:
A) Gangue

2. Which of the following is a carbonate ore?
A) Magnesite
B) Bauxite
C) Gypsum
D) Galena
Answer:
A) Magnesite

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

3. Which of the following is the correct formula of Gypsum?
A) CuSO4 • 2 H2O
B) CaSO4 • ½ H2O
C) CuSO4 • 5 H2O
D) CaSO4 • 2 H2O
Answer:
D) CaSO4 • 2 H2O

4. The oil used in the froth flotation process is
A) kerosene oil
B) pine oil
C) coconut oil
D) olive oil
Answer:
B) pine oil

5. Froth flotation is method used for the purification of ………………. ore.
A) sulphide
B) oxide
C) carbonate
D) nitrate
Answer:
A) sulphide

6. Galena is an ore of ………………..
A) Zn
B) Pb
C) Hg
D) Al
Answer:
B) Pb

7. The metal that occurs in the native form is ………………
A) Pb
B) Au
C) Fe
D) Hg
Answer:
B) Au

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

8. The most abundant metal in the earth’s crust is …………………
A) silver
B) aluminium
C) zinc
D) iron
Answer:
B) aluminium

9. The reducing agent in thermite process is ………………….
A) Al
B) Mg
C) Fe
D) Si
Answer:
A) Oxidise

10. The purpose of smelting an ore is to ……………….. it.
A) Oxidise
B) Reduce
C) Neutralise
D) None of these
Answer:
B) Reduce

10th Class Chemistry 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 238

Question 1.
How are the metals present in nature?
Answer:
Some metals like gold (Au), silver (Ag) and copper (Cu) are available in nature in free sjate. Other metals mostly are found in nature in the combined form.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 240

Question 2.
What metals can we get from the ores mentioned in the Table – 1?
Answer:
The metals are Aluminium (Al), Copper (Cu), Magnesium (Mg), Silver (Ag), Manganese (Mn), Iron (Fe), Zinc (Zn), Sodium (Na), Mercury (Hg), Lead (Pb), Calcium (Ca).

Question 3.
Can you arrange metals in the order of their reactivity?
Answer:
The order of reactivity is like this : Ag < Cu < Pb < Mn < Fe < Zn < Al < Mg < Ca < Na.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 4.
What do you notice in Table – 2?
Answer:
We notice that ores of many metals are oxides and sulphides. ______

Question 5.
Can you think how we get these metals from their ores?
Answer:
We can get metals from their ores by using various extracting techniques.

Question 6.
Does the reactivity of a metal and form of its ore (oxides, sulphides, chlorides, carbonates, sulphates) has any relation with process of extraction?
Answer:
Yes, they have relation. Metals like K, Na, Ca, Mg and Al are so reactive. They exist in all forms whereas moderate reactive metals like Zn, Fe, Pb, etc. exist as oxides, sulphides and carbonates. The least reactive metals are found even in free state.

Question 7.
How are metals extracted from mineral ores?
Answer:
The extraction of a metal from its ores involves mainly in three states. They are :

  1. Concentration or Dressing
  2. Extraction of crude metal
  3. Refining or purification of the metal.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 248

Question 8.
Do you know why corrosion occurs?
Answer:
Corrosion occurs due to reaction of metal with both air and water.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 9.
What are the conditions under which iron articles rust?
Answer:
Iron articles get rust due to both air and water.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 251

Question 10.
What is the role of furnace in metallurgy?
Answer:
Furnace is used to carry out pyrochemical process in metallurgy.

Question 11.
How do furnaces bear large amounts of heat?
Answer:
Furnaces have metallic lining. So they bear large heats.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 12.
Do all furnaces have same structure?
Answer:
No, they have different structures.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 239

Question 13.
Do you agree with the statement “All ores are minerals but all minerals need not be ores.? Why?
Answer:

  • Yes, I agree with the statement. The elements or compounds of the metals which occur in nature in the earth’s crust are called minerals whereas ore is a mineral from which the metal is profitably extracted.
  • For example, aluminium exists in two mineral forms that is clay and bauxite. But aluminium is mainly extracted from bauxite which contains 70% aluminium oxide.
  • So Bauxite is an ore of aluminium whereas clay is not ore.
  • So all ores are minerals but all minerals need not be ores.

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy Activities

Activity – 1
1. How do you classify ores based on their formula?
Answer:
1) Look at the following ores.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 5

2) Identify the metal present in each ore.
3) Classification of ores as oxides, sulphides, chlorides, carbonates, and sulphates as follows :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 6
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 7

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 9th Lesson Our Environment

10th Class Biology 9th Lesson Our Environment 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Suggest one alternative method in place of pesticides to protect crops?
Answer:
Alternative methods for using pesticides to save the crops from pests:

  1. Rotation of crops
  2. Studying the life histories of pests
  3. Biological Control
  4. Sterility
  5. Genetic Strains

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 2.
By taking two plants of your surroundings as examples, explain how they protect themselves against the animals which eat them.
Answer:

  1. Neem Tree: Neem leaves contain an alkaloid Nimbin to protect themselves from the animals which eat them.
  2. Cactus: They have thorns to protect themselves.
  3. Datura: Datura leaves gives bad odour.

Question 3.
Identify one food chain from your surroundings. Name the producers and different levels of consumers in that food Chain.
Answer:
Grass → Insects → Frog → Snake.
Producers – Grass.
Primary Consumers – Insects.
Secondary Consumers – Frog
Tertiary consumers – Snake.

Aquatic Plants → Insects → Fish → Crane.
Producers – Aquatic Plant.
Primary Consumers – Insects
Secondary Consumers – Fish
Tertiary consumers – Crane

Question 4.
Write the names of producers and consumers in the food chain, you have observed.
Answer:
Producers – Plants, Green Algae
Consumers – All Animals.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 5.
Write any two slogans to promote awareness among the people about Ecofriendly programs.
Answer:
a) Lets go green to get global clean.
b) If you disturb the nature, the nature will disturb you.
c) The best solution to arrest pollution is plantation.
d) Reduce the usage of plastic and reduce the pollution.

Question 6.
What happens if decomposers are removed from the food web?
Answer:

  1. If decomposers are removed from the food web then the biological cycles are not completed.
  2. If the decomposers are not present in an ecosystem the remains of the other organisms accumulate.

Question 7.
Observe the following given below. Draw the pyramid of numbers.
Grass → Goat → Man
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 1

Question 8.
We can’t expect the world without sparrows. So how should be our concern towards their conservation?
Answer:

  1. Sparrows are useful to control harmful insects like locust which damage food grains.
  2. Chemical pesticides are the cause for destruction of sparrows and useful insects.
  3. By using biological methods we can conserve the sparrow population.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 9.
Human being is modifying agriculture lands and lakes into residential areas. What is its effect on Bio-diversity?
Answer:

  1. The shelter may not be provided for migratory birds.
  2. Food chain get disturbed.
  3. Decrease in the ground water level.

Question 10.
How do you protect the plants, which were planted in “Haritha Haaram” programme in your school?
Answer:
We protect the plants:

  1. Watering of plants at regular intervals.
  2. Fencing or gaurding of plants.
  3. Adoption of plants.
  4. Providing organic manure.

Question 11.
The figure given below represents a food pyramid. Study it and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 2
i) Which trophic level has maximum energy?
Answer:
T1 (or) Primary producers (green plants)
ii) Give one example for T4 trophic level.
Answer:
Lion, tiger, hawk, etc.

Question 12.
“We can’t imagine the world without insects and birds, conserve them.
Answer:
Methods to conserve insects and birds:

  1. Avoid indiscriminate usage of pesticides
  2. Protect the natural habitats of insects and birds.
  3. Development of bird sanctuaries
  4. Everyone should follow environmental ethics.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 13.
What is environment?
Answer:
The sum of physical and biological factors along with their chemical interactions that affect an organism is called environment.

Question 14.
What is biosphere?
Answer:
The world of living things is called biosphere.
(OR)
The life supporting zone on the earth is called biosphere.

Question 15.
What are the physical or abiotic factors in a biosphere?
Answer:
Land, air, water, sunlight, humidity etc. are the physical or abiotic factors in a biosphere.

Question 16.
What does a food chain show?
Answer:
Food chain shows that how the energy is passed from one organism to another.

Question 17.
How the terrestrial ecosystems are determined?
Answer:
The terrestrial ecosystems are determined largely by the variations in climatic conditions between the poles and equator.

Question 18.
Where did the Kilimanjaro mountain located?
Answer:
The Kilimanjaro mountain is located in equatorial Africa (present in Tanzania, Africa).

Question 19.
What is the main source of energy for all the organisms in an ecosystem?
Answer:
Sunlight is the main source of energy for all the organisms in an ecosystem.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 20.
What is food web?
Answer:
The network of a large number of food chains existing in an ecosystem is called a food web.

Question 21.
What does a food web indicate?
Answer:
A food web indicates that the number of possible links for food in an ecosystem and reflects the fact that the whole community is a complex inter-connected unit.

Question 22.
What is ‘niche’?
Answer:
The position of organisms in a food web.

Question 23.
What does the word ‘niche’ denotes?
Answer:
‘Niche’ is the term used to describe not only the animals position in the food web and what it eats but also its mode of life.

Question 24.
What is an ecological pyramid?
Answer:
The graphic representation of the feeding level structure of an ecosystem by taking the shape of a pyramid is called “Ecological pyramid”.

Question 25.
Who was the first one to introduce “Ecological pyramid”?
Answer:
Ecological pyramid was first introduced by a British Ecologist Charles Elton in 1927.

Question 26.
In ecological pyramids the producers are represented at?
Answer:
The producers are represented at the base of the ecological pyramids.

Question 27.
What is pyramid of number?
Answer:
A graphical representation designed to show the number of organisms at each tropic level in a given ecosystem is called “pyramid of number”.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 28.
What does the pyramid of number show?
Answer:
Pyramid of number shows the population of organisms at each tropic level in a food chain.

Question 29.
What does each bar represent in a pyramid of number?
Answer:
In a pyramid of number, each bar represents the number of individuals at each tropic level in a food chain.

Question 30.
When does the pyramid of number not look like a pyramid at all?
Answer:
If the producer is a large plant such as tree or if one of the organisms at any tropic level is very small, then the pyramid of number does not look like a pyramid.

Question 31.
What is biomass?
Answer:
Any type of plant or animal material that can be converted into energy is called biomass.

Question 32.
What is biofuels?
Answer:
The materials which are used for energy production are known as biofuels.

Question 33.
What is Pyramid of biomass?
Answer:
A graphical representation designed to show the quantity of living matter at each tropic level in a given ecosystem is called “Pyramid of biomass”.

Question 34.
Why Pyramid of biomass inverted in case of aquatic ecosystem?
Answer:

  1. In an aquatic ecosystem, the biomass of phytoplankton is quite negligible as compared to that of the crustaceans and small herbivorous fish that feed on these producers.
  2. The biomass of large carnivorous fish living on small fishes is still greater. This makes the pyramid of biomass inverted.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 35.
How much percentage of the biomass is transferred from one tropic level to the next in a food chain?
Answer:
The percentage of the biomass transferred from one tropic level to the next level in food chain is nearly 10 – 20%.

Question 36.
When does the species at the top of the pyramid get more energy?
Answer:
The species at the top of the pyramid get, more energy when the steps in a food chain are fewer.

Question 37.
What are bio-geochemical cycles?
Answer:
Flow of materials between organisms and their environment is called cycling of materials or bio-geochemical cycles.

Question 38.
What is ecological efficiency?
Answer:
The ratio between energy flows at different tropic levels among the food chain expressed as percentage is called ecological efficiency.

Question 39.
What is ten per cent law?
Answer:
During the transfer of energy from one tropic level to the next, only about ten per cent of the energy from organic matter is stored as flesh. This is called “Ten per cent law”.

Question 40.
Where do Kolleru one of the largest fresh water lakes in India exists?
Answer:
Kolleru is one of the largest fresh water lakes in India exists between West Godavari and Krishna districts of Andhra Pradesh.

Question 41.
What is the catchment area of the lake Kolleru?
Answer:
A catchment area of the Kolleru lake extends up to 6121 Km2.

Question 42.
Through which The lake Kolleru discharges its excess water into Bay of Bengal?
Answer:
The lake Kolleru discharges its excess water into Bay of Bengal through the twisty channel called Upputeru which is about 65 km long.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 43.
When did Government of Andhra Pradesh had declared the lake as Bird Sanctuary?
Answer:
In November 1999, Government of Andhra Pradesh had declared the lake as Bird Sanctuary.

Question 44.
What is the number of species of birds being hosted by the Kolleru?
Answer:
The Kolleru lake is hosting 193 species of birds.

Question 45.
What are the major sources of pollution in Kolleru lake?
Answer:
The major sources of pollution are agricultural runoff containing residues of several agrochemicals, fertilizers, fish tank discharges, industrial effluents containing chemical residues and different types of organic substances, municipal and domestic sewage.

Question 46.
What is the objective of “Operation Kolleru” by the ministry of environment and forest, Government of India?
Answer:
The objective of operation Kolleru by the ministry of environment and forest, Government of India is to bring back the ecological balance of Kolleru lake which is a gift of nature.

Question 47.
What is Bioaccumulation?
Answer:
The process of entering of pollutants in a food chain is known as Bioaccumulation.

Question 48.
What is Biomagnification?
Answer:
The tendency of pollutants to concentrate as they move from one tropic level to the next is known as Biomagnification.

Question 49.
What are pesticides?
Answer:
The chemical materials used to control pests that attack crop plants or live as parasites on the body of farm animals are called pesticides.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 50.
What is a perfect pesticide?
Answer:
The perfect pesticide is one which destroys a particular pest and is completely harmless to every other form of life.

Question 51.
Why did the egg breaking among the peregrines increase?
Answer:
Egg breaking among the peregrines increased due to their disturbed behaviour caused by the nerve poisons that entered into their tissues through food chain.

Question 52.
Why did the aquatic biota is being contaminated?
Answer:
The aquatic biota is being contaminated with heavy metals due to industrialization and anthropogenic activities.

Question 53.
Why fish are considered to be the bioindicators of metal contamination?
Answer:
Fish are considered to be the bioindicators of metal contamination in environmental monitoring because fish species are strongly respond to stress conditions.

Question 54.
Where did Edulabad water reservoir located?
Answer:
Edulabad water reservoir is located in urban areas of Ranga Reddy district of Telangana.

Question 55.
Which fish species is grown in Edulabad water reservoir?
Answer:
Cyprinus carpio (common scale carp) is the fish species grown in Edulabad water reservoir.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 56.
What are the effects of bioaccumulation of metals in human beings that eat cyprinus carpio?
Answer:
The bioaccumulation of various metals in cyprinus carpio cause disorders. Such as hypertensions, sporadic fever, renal damage, nausea, etc.

Question 57.
In which country sparrows were hunted extensively in 1958?
Answer:
In China sparrows were hunted extensively in 1958.

Question 58.
In your opinion what are the effective methods to control pests?
Answer:
Rotation of crops, biological control, developing genetically modified plants are the effective methods to control pests in my opinon.

Question 59.
Why the temperatures are very high during the day and cold during the nights in deserts?
Answer:
In deserts, the rainfall and humidity are very low, so the sun’s rays easily penetrate the atmosphere making ground temperatures very high during the day. But the nights are often cold as the earth loses heat rapidly.

Question 60.
How can we draw a food chain?
Answer:
We can draw a food chain by connecting the pictures or names of organisms by putting arrows between them. These arrows should always point from food to the feeder.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 61.
How many types of ecological pyramids are there in practice? Name them.
Answer:
There are three types of ecological pyramids. They are:

  1. Pyramid of number
  2. Pyramid of biomass and
  3. Pyramid of energy.

Question 62.
Which process helps to convert the solar energy into suitable form of energy for animals to consume?
Answer:
Photosynthesis helps to convert the solar energy into suitable form of energy (food) for animals to consume.

10th Class Biology 9th Lesson Our Environment 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake → Hawk
What will happen if we remove Frog from the above food chain? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Frog is secondary consumer in this food chain.
  2. If we remove frog from the food chain, the number of grasshopper will increase on other hand the number of snakes which depend on frogs will decrease.
  3. Hence, ecological balance may be damaged.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 2.
Observe the diagram and answer the following.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 4i) Write any two food chains from the diagram.
ii) What are the secondary consumers in the food chain that are written by you?
Answer:
i) a) Plants → Goat → Tiger
b) Plants → Rabbit → Wolf / Fox
ii) Tiger, Wolf / Fox

Question 3.
Study the given paragraph and answer the questions.

Solar energy from sun enters into the producers of an ecosystem. No organisms except green plants and photosynthetic bacteria can absorb solar energy and convert it into chemical energy.

A) What are the producers mentioned in the given paragraph?
B) What form is energy converted into photosynthesis? In Photosynthesis, which form is energy converted into?
Answer:
A) Green plants and photosynthetic bacteria.
B) In photosynthesis, the light (or) solar energy is converted into chemical energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 4.
Explain the flow chart given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 5Answer:
It is the pyramid of biomass.

  1. In this pyramid 10% of the food will reach to the next trophical level and so on at each level.
  2. It would take 1000 kg of phytoplankton to provide 100 kg of zooplankton and to form 1 kg of human tissue, 10 kg of frog is needed.
  3. The fewer the steps in the food chain, the more energy will be for the species at the top.

Question 5.
Observe the pyramid of number which is given below and answer the questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 6i) As per the number of organisms in the tropic level, which group of organisms
are more in number and which are less in number?
ii) What happens if Secondary consumers disappear?
Answer:
i) If producers are more in number, then tertiary consumers are less in number,
ii) If secondary consumers disappear the primary consumers increase in number and the tertiary consumers found no food to live. It leads to death.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 6.
Explain in brief about the alternate methods to be followed to prevent the harmful effects of over usage of pesticides.
(OR)
Mention any four effective methods of controlling pests, which are less harmful on environment based on biological principles.
Answer:
Some of alternative pest control methods are

  1. Rotation of Crop: Growing different crops on a particular piece of land in successive years.
  2. Studying the life histories of the pests: When this is done it is sometimes possible to sow the crops at a time when least damage will be caused.
  3. Biological Control: Introducing Natural predator or parasite of the pest.
  4. Sterility: Rendering the males of a pest species sterile.
  5. Genetic Strains: The development of genetic strains (genetically modified plants) which are resistant to certain pest.
  6. Environmental ethics: People need to know besides laws regarding environment there are some basic ethics what is right and what is wrong in view of environment.

Question 7.
Write any 4 slogans on the necessity of forests and on their conservation.
Answer:

  1. Save the trees, save the earth. We are the guardians of nature’s birth.
  2. Don’t destroy the greenary and don’t spoil the scenery.
  3. Don’t make trees rare, we should keep them with care.
  4. To live for future in rest, saving forest is the best.

Question 8.
How does the given below concepts differs?
(a) Bioaccumulation b) Biomagnification
Answer:
a) Bioaccumulation: The process of entry of pollutants into a food chain is known as bioaccumulation.
b) Biomagnification: It is the tendency of pollutants to concentrate as they move from one tropic level to the next is known as biomagnification.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 9.
The biomass of a producer in an ecosystem is calculated as 3500 kgs. Calculate the biomass of primary, secondary, tertiary consumers.
Answer:
In a food chain roughly 90% of the food is lost at each step. So if the biomass of a producer in an ecosystem is calculated as 3500 kgs. the biomass of primary consumer as will be 350 kgs. and of secondary consumer is 35 kgs and biomass of tertiary consumer is 3.5 kgs.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 7

Question 10.
Write a short note on food chain and food web.
Answer:

  1. Food chain is a pathway along which food is transferred from one tropic level to another tropic level beginning with producers.
  2. It shows who eats what in a particular habitat.
  3. The arrows between each item in the chain always point from the food to the feeder.
  4. For example
    Grass → Rabbit → Snake → Hawk
  5. The elaborate interconnected feeding relationships in an ecosystem is said to be food web.
  6. Many of the food chains in an ecosystem are crosslinked to form food web.
  7. For example,
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 8
  8. Food chain and food web help us to understand the food relations among living things.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 11.
Write a short notes on ecological pyramids.
Answer:

  1. The graphical representation of the feeding level structure of an ecosystem by taking the shape of a pyramid is called “Ecological pyramid”.
  2. It was first introduced by a British Ecologist Charles Elton in 1927.
  3. In the ecological pyramid, the producers (First tropic level) are represented at the base, and the successive tropic levels (primary, secondary and tertiary consumers) are represented one above the other with top carnivores at the tip.
  4. There are three types of pyramids.
    i) Pyramid of number ii) Pyramid of biomass and iii) Pyramid of energy.
  5. Pyramid of number shows the population of organisms at each tropic level in a food chain.
  6. Pyramid of biomass represents the available food as a source of energy at each tropic level in the food chain.
  7. Pyramid of energy represents the available energy at each tropic level in food chain.

Question 12.
Write a short notes on pyramid of number.
Answer:

  1. Pyramid of number is a graphical representation designed to show the number of organisms at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
  2. The shape of this pyramid varies from eco-system to ecosystem.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 9
  3. In aquatic and grassland ecosystems, numerous small autotrophs support lesser herbivores which support further small number of carnivores and hence the pyramid structure is upright.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 10
  4. In forest ecosystem, less number of producers support greater number of herbivores who in turn support a fewer number of carnivores. Hence the pyramid structure is partly upright.
  5. In parasitic food chain, one primary producer supports numerous parasites which support still more hyperparasites. Hence the pyramid structure is inverted.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 11

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 13.
Write a short notes on pyramid of biomass.
Answer:

  1. Pyramid of biomass is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of living matter (biomass) at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
  2. In terrestrial ecosystems, the biomass progressively decreases from producers to top carnivores. Hence the pyramid structure is upright.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 12
  3. In an aquatic ecosystem, the biomass of phytoplankton (producers) is quite negligible as compared to that of crustaceans and small herbivorous fish that feed on these producers. The biomass of large carnivorous fish living on small fishes is still greater. This makes the pyramid of biomass inverted.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 13

Question 14.
How do pesticides cause Bioaccumulation and Biomagnification?
(OR)
What are the effects of pesticides on environment?
Answer:

  1. Pesticides are the toxic chemicals used to destroy pest and insects which damage our crops and stored foods.
  2. These pesticides vary in their length of life as toxic materials.
  3. Some of the pesticides are degradable that can be broken down into harmless substances in a comparatively short time and others are non-degradable.
  4. Non-degradable pesticides accumulate in the bodies of animal and pass right through food web.
  5. Thus the pesticides cause bioaccumulation.
  6. These accumulated pesticides concentrate as they move from one tropic level to the next, thus leads to biomagnification.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 15.
List out some human activities which altered the communities of plants and animals in their natural ecosystem.
Answer:

  1. Industrialization
  2. Damming rivers
  3. Draining marshes
  4. Re-claiming land from the sea
  5. Cutting down forests
  6. Using chemical fertilisers and pesticides
  7. Building towns, cities, canals and motor ways.

Question 16.
What kind of changes may come in 2m ecosystem due to development of a large town?
Answer:
The following changes are expected due to development of a large town.

  1. Some plants and animal species will die out.
  2. Some will adapt to the new conditions sufficiently to survive in reduced numbers.
  3. Some will benefit by the new conditions and will increase in numbers.

Question 17.
Write a comparative note on pyramid of number and pyramid of biomass.
(OR)
Write the differences between pyramid of number and pyramid of biomass.
Answer:

Pyramid of number Pyramid of biomass
1. Pyramid of number is a graphical representation designed to show the number of organisms at each tropic level in a given ecosystem. 1. Pyramid of biomass is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of living matter at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
2. It shows the population of organisms at each tropic level in a food chain. 2. It represents the available food as a source of energy at each tropic level in the food chain.
3. This pyramid sometimes does not look like a pyramid at all. It may be upright like in grassland ecosystem, partly upright like in forest ecosystem or inverted like in parasitic ecosystem. 3. This pyramid may be upright like in terrestrial ecosystem or inverted like in aquatic ecosystem.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 18.
Write a comparative note on pyramid of biomass and pyramid of energy.
(OR)
What are the differences between pyramid of biomass and pyramid of energy?
Answer:

Pyramid of biomass Pyramid of energy
1. Pyramid of biomass is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of living matter at each tropic level in a given ecosystem. 1. Pyramid of energy is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of energy present at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
2. It represents the available food as a source of energy at each tropic level in the food chain. 2. It represents the available energy at each tropic level in the food chain.
3. This pyramid may be upright like in terrestrial ecosystem or inverted like in aquatic ecosystem. 3. This pyramid is always upright as only 10% of energy from one level is transfering to the next level.

Question 19.
Write a comparative note on pyramid of number and pyramid of energy?
(OR)
What are the differences between pyramid of number and pyramid of energy?
Answer:

Pyramid of number Pyramid of energy
1. Pyramid of number is a graphical representation designed to show the number of organisms at each tropic level in a given ecosystem. 1. Pyramid of energy is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of energy present at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
2. It shows the population of organisms at each tropic level in a food chain. 2. It shows the available energy at each tropic level in a food chain.
3. This pyramid sometimes does not look like a pyramid at all. It may be upright like in a grassland ecosystem partly upright like in forest ecosystem or inverted like in parasitic ecosystem. 3. This pyramid is always upright, as only 10% of energy is transfering from one tropic level to other.

Question 20.
What is ecological efficiency? Write a short notes on Ten per cent law?
Answer:
Ecological efficiency: The ratio between energy flows at different tropic levels along the food chain expressed as percentage is called “ecological efficiency”.
Ten per cent law:

  1. The amount of energy transferred decreases with successive tropic levels.
  2. Slobodkin (1959) suggested that the transfer of energy from one tropic level to the next is of the order of 10% and this is called “Gross ecological efficiency”.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 21.
Geetha said “a given species may occupy more than one tropic level in the same ecosystem at the same time”. Do you support her or not? Explain your answer with example.
Answer:
I support her for the following reason.

  1. A snake eating a mouse in a field or lawn occupies the third tropic level.
    Plant → Mouse → Snake
  2. When the snake eats a frog in the same field, it occupies the fourth tropic level in a food chain. It is because the frog feed on some of the insects that depend on the plants.
    Plant → Insect → Frog → Snake
  3. Thus, a given species may occupy more than one tropic level in the same ecosystem at the same time.
  4. This is to satisfy its food needs, as it cannot do so by occupying one tropic level.

Question 22.
If we introduce a man into a forest ecosystem, at which level of food chain we will place him? Explain your answer.
Answer:

  1. If we introduce a man into a forest ecosystem, he can fit for any level of consumers of food chain.
  2. He may feed on plant parts such as fruits. Then we can place him at primary consumer level.
    Plant → Man
  3. He may feed on some of the herbivorous organisms such as rabbit, then we can place him at secondary consumers level.
    Plant → Rabbit → Man
  4. He may also feed on some of the carnivorous organisms such as insectivorous birds then we can place him at tertiary consumers level.
    Plant → Insect → Bird → Man
  5. This is possible to place him at any level of consumers, as he is an omnivore, who feed on both plant originated and animal originated foods.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 23.
Draw the ecological pyramids for the given food chain.
Banyan Tree → Herbivorous birds → Carnivorous birds.
Answer:
1) Pyramid of number
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 14
2) Pyramid of biomass
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 15
3) Pyramid of energy
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 16

Question 24.
Write briefly about Minamata disease.
Answer:

  1. Minamata disease was first discovered in Minamata city in Kumamoto prefecture, Japan, in 1956.
  2. It was caused by the release of methyl mercury in the industrial waste water from the Chisso corporation’s chemical factory, which continued from 1932 to 1968.
  3. This highly toxic chemical bioaccumulated in shellfish and fish in Minimata Bay and the Shiranui Sea, which, when eaten by the local populace, resulted in mercury poisoning.
  4. While cat, dog, pig and humans death continued for 36 years.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 25.
What are trophic levels? Give an example of a food chain and state the different trophic levels in it.
Answer:

  1. Trophic levels is the feeding position in a food chain.
  2. It is the functional level occupied by an organism in a food chain.
  3. Examples of trophic levels include ‘herbivores’ and ‘decomposers’
  4. An example of food chain depicting various trophic levels is as follows:
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 17

Question 26.
What is the role of decomposers in the ecosystem? (OR)
How decomposers help in cleaning the environment?
Answer:

  1. If the decomposers are not present in an ecosystem the remains of the other organisms accumulate.
  2. Eventually the world would run out of carbon dioxide or nitrate or phosphate or other inorganisms material essential for life.
  3. The decomposers breakdown the organic waste products and dead remains of organisms into the inorganic substances needed by the producers.
  4. Most decomposition is carried out by saprophytic fungi, by bacteria and by invertebrates.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

10th Class Biology 9th Lesson Our Environment 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Prepare some slogans about ‘Vanam – Manam’ programme to display in your school rally?
Answer:

  1. Save paper – Save trees
  2. Plant a tree – Plant a life
  3. Saving trees is our duty
  4. Think green – Go green
  5. If we protect plants – they protects us
  6. Conserve plants – Conserve life
  7. Plant a tree – get the air free
  8. Plant a tree – Reduce the pollution.
  9. Tree on – Global warming gone.
  10. If cut a tree – It kills a life.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 2.
Read the information about Kolleru lake in the given table and answer the following questions.

Classes Area in 1967 (Km2) Area In 2004 (Km2)
Lake-water spread area 70.70 62.65
Lake with sparse weed 0 47.45
Lake with dense weed 0 15.20
Lake-liable to flood in rainy season 100.97 0
Aquaculture ponds 0 99.74
Rice fields 8.40 16.62
Encroachment 0.31 1.37
Total 180.38 180.38

a) In which year, lake water spread area is more?
b) Why do you think weeds are more in the lake?
c) Guess the reasons for decrease in the lake area.
d) What measures are to be taken to control pollution in the lake?
Answer:
a) In the year 1967
b) Addition of excessive nutrients from aquaculture ponds and rice fields.
c) Aquaculture ponds, Ricefields and Encroachment are the reasons for decrease in lake area.
d) Anthropogenic activities are to be controlled in the lake catchment area. (Or)
Fish ponds are to be removed in the lake catchment area. (Or)
Agricultural practices in the lake area should be minimised as per the norms of government.

Question 3.
Observe the following pyramid of biomass and answer the following questions.
a) This pyramid shows a decrease in the biomass as we move up, why the biomass is decreasing?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 18The pyramid of biomass for the given food chain, at each step 90% of the food is lost. That means 1000 kg of phytoplankton to produce 100 kg of Zooplankton to form 10 kg of fish to produce 1kg of human tissues. The fewer the steps in the food chain the more energy will be for the species at the top.

b) Give some examples of producers and primary consumers.
Answer:
Examples for producers: Plants, Grass, Diatoms.
Examples for primary consumers: Grasshopper, Rabbit, Deer,

c) Where do producers get the energy from?
Answer:
From the sun.

d) How much biomass is lost at each step?
Answer:
90%

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 4.
Observe the following diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 4i) Name the primary producers in the given food web.
ii) Prepare any one food – chain from the diagram.
iii) What are the tertiary consumers?
iv) Write names of any two herbivores.
Answer:
i) Plants, Grass, Trees Phytoplanktons etc.
ii) Grass → Rabbit → Fox → Tiger
iii) Tiger, Vulture, Crane, Owl, Peacock etc.
(OR)
The animals which are at 4th trophic level in a food chain are called as Tertiary Consumers.
iv) Rabbit, Deer, Goat, Cow

Question 5.
What is number pyramid? What does it indicate?
Answer:

  1. The number of organisms in a food chain can be represented graphically in a pyramid of number.
  2. Each bar represents the number of individuals at each tropic level in a food chain.
  3. At each link in a food chain, from the first order consumers to the large carnivores, there is normally an increase in size but decrease in number.
  4. For example in a wood, the aphids are very small and occur in astronomical numbers.
  5. The lady birds which feed on them are distinctly larger and not so numerous.
  6. The insectivorous birds which feed on the lady birds are larger still and are only present in a small number and there may only be a single pair of hawks of much larger size than the insectivorous birds on which they prey.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 6.
Draw the diagram of number pyramid keeping foxes as third consumers. What are the consequences if their number increases?
Answer:

  1. If the number of foxes increases, then the competition for food will be very severe and less amount of food will be available for them.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 19
  2. As a result some of the foxes may not get enough food and die due to starvation.
  3. This reduces the population of foxes and very few foxes will be left in the forest.
  4. This increases the chances of survival of secondary consumers birds, hence their number increases.
  5. This increases the availability of food for foxes. Very soon a balance will be established between the number of secondary consumers and foxes.

Question 7.
What reasons are responsible for decrease in number of top carnivores and biomass starting production in a food chain?
(OR)
Why the number of organisms get decreased as we move from producers to consumer levels?
Answer:

  1. In a food chain as we move from producers to different levels of consumers the energy available will decrease gradually.
  2. Only ten percent of the energy present in one tropic level transfer to another tropic level.
  3. Biomass also decreases gradually as only 10 – 20% of the biomass is transferred from one tropic level to the next in a food chain.
  4. As there is less energy of less biomass available at top levels, number of organisms also less generally.
  5. So the number of organisms get decreased as we move from producers to different level of consumer.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 8.
Show food chain of different organisms, number of pyramid of your school.
Answer:
Food chain of different organisms in our school:
Plant → aphids → spiders thirds.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 20

  1. The pyramid of organisms in a food chain can be represented graphically in a pyramid of number.
  2. Each bar represents the number of individuals at each tropic level in a food chain.
  3. At each link in a food chain, from the first order consumers to the large carnivores, there is normally an increase in size, but decrease in number.

Question 9.
What determines the terrestrial ecosystems on the earth?
Answer:

  1. The terrestrial ecosystems on the earth are being determined largely by the variations in climatic conditions between the poles and equator.
  2. The main climatic influences which determine these ecosystems are rainfall, temperature and availability of light from the sun.
  3. For instance, forests are usually associated with high rainfall, but the type Is influenced by temperature and light.
  4. The same applies to deserts which occur in regions where rainfall is extremely low.
  5. Thus, the climatic conditions along the horizontal climatic regions determined the terrestrial ecosystems on the earth.
  6. If we move from equatorial region to the polar region, we can come across tropical rain forests, savannah, deciduous forest, coniferous forests and then tundras respectively.
  7. Similarly altitude of the place is also a determining factor.
  8. If we climb a mountain such as Kilimanjaro in equatorial Africa, we can go through a comparable system of ecosystems, starting with tropical rain forest at the base and ending with perpetual snow and ice at the summit.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 10.
“All the energy in the ecosystem is ultimately derived from sunlight.” Justify.
Answer:

  1. All the organisms in an ecosystem derive energy from food.
  2. The food by its nature is the chemical energy and by in its stored form, it is the potential energy.
  3. In an ecosystem, all the consumers at any level depend upon producers for their food either directly or indirectly.
  4. The producers in any ecosystem are nothing but photosynthetic organisms such as plants, phytoplanktons and photosynthetic bacteria.
  5. Energy enters the producers in the ecosystem from the sun in the form of solar energy during photosynthesis.
  6. From the producers, the chemical energy passes to the consumers from one tropic level to the next through food.
  7. For example, in a grassland ecosystem, grass traps the solar energy and stores in its body.
  8. When this grass is eaten and assimilated by insects this stored energy enters into the body of insects.
  9. From the insects it will pass to frog, from them to snake and so on to eagle.
  10. Thus, all the energy in the ecosystem is ultimately derived from sunlight.

Question 11.
What is biological magnification? Will the levels of this magnification be different at different levels of the ecosystem?
Answer:

  1. The tendency of pollutants to concentrate as they move from one trophic level to the next trophic level is known as Biomagnification.
  2. Plants absorb pesticides, heavy metals from the soil.
  3. The primary consumers when eat these plants the remaining of pesticides and heavy metals enter their bodies.
  4. As these chemicals are not degradable, they accumulate in the bodies of organisms of all trophic levels in the food chain.
  5. Most of the plants products which we eat are grown in fields in which pesticides and fertilisers have been used.
  6. These are absorbed by the plants and cannot be removed by washing or other means.
  7. Human beings are at the top level of the food chain these chemicals get accumulated in our bodies and cause various disorders.
  8. Levels of biological magnification would increase as the trophic level increases.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 12.
Will the impact of removing all the organisms in a trophic level be different for different trophic levels ? Can the organisms of any trophic level be removed without causing any damage to the ecosystem?
Answer:

  1. If we remove producers from ecosystem, herbivores will not survive and the entire ecosystem collapse.
  2. Removing herbivores result in increase number of producers and carnivores would not get food.
  3. Removing carnivores result in increase of herbivores to unsustainable levels.
  4. If we remove decomposers from ecosystem waste material and animal dead remains would pile up and nutrients would not be available to the producers.
  5. Some or the other damage would be caused to the ecosystem if the organisms of any trophic level is removed.
  6. However impact of removing producers or decomposers would be serve as the whole ecosystem would collapse.
  7. Without plants sun’s energy cannot be converted to chemical energy which is the basis of life on earth.
  8. Without decomposers the nutrients cannot be recycled and made available to producers.

Question 13.
Every organism has got the right to live on this planet. Write slogans to motivate the people on preservation of biodiversity.
Answer:

  1. Live and let live.
  2. Conserve nature – conserve life.
  3. Clean the environment, live happily.
  4. Think eco-friendly and live eco-friendly.
  5. If we protect the environment, it protect us.
  6. Reduce pollution – conserve the biodiversity.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 14.
Write some friendly ecosystem activities you will conduct in your school.
Answer:

  1. Forming eco-clubs: These clubs consists of student representatives from each class. They will take up the eco-friendly activities and encourage the people of that village to follow environment friendly activities.
  2. Setting up garden at school: This ensures the school and its premises green through planting of flowering plants, vegetables and fruit trees. It is a symbol of biodiversity because various plants and animals inhabit the garden.
  3. Electricity conservation programme: To save energy the school implements certain hours to be switched off habit. This switching off programme for one hour from 3.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. help conserve electricity in every classroom.
  4. Pollution prevention programme: A ‘no burning of trash policy should be implemented in the school. Waste materials are recycled and properly disposed to ensure a clean, waste-free environment.
  5. Making compost by organic wastes: By digging a pit at one corner of the school and throwing the organic waste particularly of mid day meal waste into pit and covering with soil layers prepares compost which can be used as manure for plants. This creates a clean environment in the school.
  6. Using cloth bags instead of polythene bags by pupil.
  7. Collection of solid waste materials and proper management of its helps in reducing soil pollution.
  8. Children should be encouraged to follow ‘3R’ system i.e. Reduce, Re use and Recycle different substances.

Question 15.
What is Ecological pyramid? Describe different types of Ecological pyramids.
Answer:

  1. The graphical representation of the feeding level structure of an ecosystem by taking the shape of a pyramid is called ecological pyramid.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment 9
  2. There are three types of ecological pyramids. They are
    1) Pyramid of number, 2) Pyramid of biomass and 3) Pyramid of energy.
  3. Pyramid of number is a graphical representation designed to show the number of organisms at each tropic level in a given ecosystem.
  4. The shape of this pyramid varies from ecosystem to ecosystem.
  5. In forest ecosystem the pyramid structure is partly upright and in parasitic food chain is inverted.
  6. Pyramid of biomass is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of living matter (bio mass) at each trophic level in a given ecosystem.
  7. In terrestrial ecosystems, the biomass progressively decreases from producers to top carnivores hence the pyramid structure is upright whereas in aquatic ecosystem it is inverted.
  8. Pyramid of energy is a graphical representation designed to show the quantity of energy present at each tropic level in a given ecosystem. The pyramid of energy is always upright.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

Question 16.
Collect information regarding pesticides commonly used in your area and prepare a chart showing pesticide and common name and on which crop and pest it is commonly used.
Answer:

S.No. Pesticide Crop
1. Imidaclopriol Cotton, Chillies Aphid, White fly, Jassids, Thrips
Paddy BPH, WBPH, GWT
2. Triazophos Cotton Bollworm
Paddy Leaf folder, Green leaf hopper, Hispa
3. Chlorpyriphos Paddy Leaf roller, Hispa gall midge, Stem borer, Whorl maggot
Cotton Aphid, Bollworm, White fly
4. Monocrotophos Paddy Brown plant hopper, Green leaf hopper, Leaf roller, Yellow stem borer
Maize Bengal gram Green gram Black gram Shoot fly Pod borer
Sugarcane Early shoot borer, Mealy bug
Cotton Oil seeds Vegetables Insects
5. Acephate Cotton Jassid, Bollworms
Sunflower Aphids
6. Dichlorvos Paddy Leaf roller
Sugarcane Pyrilla
Oil seeds, Vegetables Insect pests
7. Acetamiprid Cotton Aphids, Jassids, White flies

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Our Environment

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
List the factors that determine the type of bond that will be formed between two atoms. (AS1)
(OR)
How can you identify the type of bond formation between two atoms?
Answer:

  • The strength of attraction or repulsion between atoms.
  • Electrons in valence shell (valence electrons).

Question 2.
Explain the difference between the valence electrons and the covalency of an element. (AS1)
(OR)
How are valence electrons different from the covalency of element? Explain with examples.
Answer:
Valence electrons :

  • Number of electrons in the outermost orbit or an atom is called its valence electrons.
  • Ex: Na (Z = 11). It has 2e in I orbit, 8e in II orbit and 1e in III orbit.
  • So number of valence electrons in Na atom are ‘l’.

Covalency of an element:

  • Number of valance electrons which are taking part in covalent bond is called covalency.
  • The electron configuration of Boran is 1s² 2s² 2p¹.
  • It has three valance electrons.
  • So its covalency is 3.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 3.
A chemical compound has the following Lewis notation : (AS1)
a) How many valence electrons does element Y have?
b) What is the valency of element Y?
c) What is the valency of element X?
d) How many covalent bonds are there in the molecule?
e) Suggest a name for the elements X and Y.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 5
Answer:
a) 6
b) 2
c) 1
d) two
e) X – is hydrogen and Y – is oxygen. The formed molecule is H2O.

Question 4.
Why do only valence electrons involve in bond formation? Why not electron of inner shells? Explain. (AS1)
(OR)
Which shell electrons involve in bond formation? Explain. What is the reason behind it?
Answer:

  • The nucleus and the electrons in the inner shell remain unaffected when atoms come close together.
  • But the electrons in the outermost shell (valence shell) of atoms get affected.
  • The inner shell electrons are strongly attracted by the nucleus when compared to the valence electrons.
  • So electrons in valence shell (valence electrons) are responsible for the formation of bond between atoms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 5.
Explain the formation of sodium chloride and calcium oxide on the basis of the concept of electron transfer from one atom to another atom. (AS1)
(OR)
Explain the formation of any two compounds according to Kossel’s theory.
Answer:
I. Formation of sodium chloride (NaCl) :
1) Sodium chloride is formed from the elements sodium (Na) and chlorine (Cl).

2) Cation formation:
i) When sodium (Na) atom loses one electron to get octet electron configuration, it forms a cation (Na+).
ii) Now Na+ gets electron configuration that of Neon (Ne) atom.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 1

3) Anion Formation :
i) Chlorine has shortage of one electron to get octet in its valence shell.
ii) So it gains the electron that was lost by Na to form anion and gets electron configuration of Argon (Ar).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 2

4) Formation of NaCl :
i) Transfer of electrons between ‘Na’ and ‘Cl’ atoms, results in the formation of ‘Na+‘ and ‘Cl’ ions.
ii) These oppositely charged ions get attracted towards each other due to electrostatic forces and form the compound sodium chloride (NaCl).
Na+(g) + Cl(g) → Na+Cl(s) or NaCl

II. Formation of calcium oxide (CaO) :
1. Calcium (Ca) reacts with oxygen (0) to form an ionic compound calcium oxide (CaO).

2. Atomic number of Calcium is 20. Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 8, 2.
3. AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 3

4. Atomic number of Oxygen is 8. Its electronic configuration is 2, 6.

5. AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 4

6. These oppositely charged ions get attracted towards each other due to electrostatic forces and form the compound calcium oxide (CaO).
Ca2+ + O2- → Ca2+O2- (or) CaO

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 6.
A, B and C are three elements with atomic number 6, 11 and 17 respectively.
i) Which of these cannot form ionic bond? Why? (AS1)
ii) Which of these cannot form covalent bond? Why? (AS1)
iii) Which of these can form ionic as well as covalent bonds? (AS1)
Answer:
i) ‘A’ cannot form ionic bond. Its valence electrons are 4. It is difficult to lose or gain 4e to get octet configuration. So it forms covalent bond [Z of A is 6 so it is carbon (C)].

ii) ‘B’ cannot form covalent bond. Its valence electrons are 1 only. So it is easy to donate for other atom and become an ion. So it can form ionic bond [Z of B is 11, so it is sodium (Na)].

iii) Element C can form ionic as well as covalent bonds. Atomic number of Cl is 17. It is able to participate with Na in ionic bond and with hydrogen in HCl molecule as covalent bond.

Question 7.
How do bond energies and bond lengths of molecule help us in predicting their chemical properties? Explain with examples. (AS1)
(OR)
How can you explain with examples that bond energies and bond lengths are used to recognise chemical properties?
Answer:
1. Bond length :
Bond length or bond distance is the equilibrium distance between the nuclei of two atoms which form a covalent bond.

2. Bond energy :
Bond energy or bond dissociation energy is the energy needed to break a covalent bond between two atoms of a diatomic covalent compound in its gaseous state.

3. If the nature of the bond between the same two atoms changes the bond length also changes. For example, the bond lengths between two carbon atoms are C – C > C = C > C = C.

4. Thus the various bond lengths between the two carbon atoms are in ethane 1.54 Å, ethylene 1.34 Å, acetylene 1.20 Å.

5. The bond lengths between two oxygen atoms are in H2O2 (O – O) is 1.48 Å and in O2 (O = O) is 1.21 Å.
6. Observe the table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 6

7. When bond length decreases, then bond dissociation energy increases.

8. When bond length increases, then bond dissociation energy decreases.

9. Bond length of H – H in H2 molecule is 0.74 Å and its bond dissociation energy is 436 KJ/mol, whereas bond length of F – F in F2 molecule is 1.44 Å and its bond dissociation energy is 159 KJ/mol.

10. Melting and boiling points of substances also can be determined by this bond energies and bond lengths.

Question 8.
Predict the reasons for low melting point for covalent compounds when compared with ionic compounds. (AS2)
(OR)
“Covalent compounds have low melting point.” What Is the reason for this statement? Explain.
Answer:
They are covalent compounds.

  • The melting point is low due to the weak Vander Waal’s forces of attractions between the covalent molecules.
  • The force of attraction between the molecules of a covalent compound is very weak.
  • Only a small amount of heat energy is required to break these weak molecular forces, due to which covalent compounds have low melting points and low boiling points.
  • Please note that some of the covalent solids like diamond and graphite have, however very high melting points and boiling points.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 9.
Collect the information about properties and uses of covalent compounds and prepare a report. (AS4)
(OR)
Generally these compounds are non-polar in nature. What are those compounds? Explain their properties and uses.
(OR)
Write any two uses and two properties of covalent compounds.
Answer:
The compounds are covalent.
Properties of covalent compounds :

  1. Covalent compounds are usually liquids or gases, only some of them are solids.
  2. The covalent compounds are usually liquids or gases due to the weak force of attraction between their molecules.
  3. Covalent compounds have usually low melting and low boiling points.
  4. Covalent compounds are usually in soluble in water but they are soluble in organic solvents.
  5. Covalent compounds do not conduct electricity.

Uses of covalent compounds :

  1. Covalent compounds form 99% of our body.
  2. Water is a covalent compound. We know its many uses.
  3. Sugars, food substances, tea and coffee are all covalent compounds.
  4. Air we breathe in contains covalent molecules of oxygen and nitrogen.
  5. Almost everything on earth other than most simple in organic salts are covalent.

Question 10.
Draw simple diagrams to show how electrons are arranged in the following covalent molecules : (AS5)
a) Calcium oxide (CaO)
b) Water (H2O)
c) Chlorine (Cl2)
Answer:
a) Calcium oxide (CaO) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 7

b) Water (H2O):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 8

The formation of water molecule can be shown like this also
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 9

c) Chlorine (Cl2):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 10

We can explain the formation of Cl2 molecule in this way also.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 11

Question 11.
Represent the molecule H2O using Lewis notation. (AS5)
(OR)
How can you explain the formation of H2O molecule using dot structure?
Answer:
One atom of oxygen shares its two electrons with two hydrogen atoms to form a water molecule.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 12

Question 12.
Represent each of the following atoms using Lewis notation : (AS5)
a) Beryllium
b) Calcium
c) Lithium
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 13

Question 13.
Represent each of the following molecules using Lewis notation : (AS5)
a) Bromine gas (Br2)
b) Calcium chloride (CaCl2)
c) Carbon dioxide (CO2)
d) Which of the three molecules listed above contains a double bond?
Answer:
a) Bromine gas (Br2) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 14
b) Calcium chloride (CaCl2)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 15
c) Carbon dioxide (CO2) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 16
d) CO2, contains double bond in above list. Its structure is like this : O = C = O.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 14.
Two chemical reactions are described below. (AS5)
♦ Nitrogen and hydrogen react to form ammonia (NH3).
♦ Carbon and hydrogen bond to form a molecule of methane (CH4).
For each reaction give :
a) The valency of each of the atoms involved in the reaction.
b) The Lewis structure of the product that is formed.
Answer:
a) ♦ Nitrogen and hydrogen react to form ammonia (NH3):
i) The valency of nitrogen is 3 and hydrogen is 1.
ii) The chemical formula of the product is NH3

♦ Carbon and hydrogen bond to form a molecule of methane (CH4):
i) The valency of carbon is 4 and hydrogen is 1.
ii) The chemical formula of the product is CH4.

b) ♦ The Lewis structure of the product that is formed (: NH3)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 17

♦ The Lewis structure of the product that is formed (CH4)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 18

Question 15.
How does Lewis dot structure help in understanding bond formation between atoms? (AS6)
(OR)
What is the use of Lewis dot structure in bond formation? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Only the outermost electrons of an atom take part in chemical bonding.
  2. They are known as valence electrons.
  3. The valence electrons in an atom are represented by putting dots (•) on the symbol of the element, one dot for each valence electron.
  4. For example, sodium atom has 1 valence electron in its outermost shell, so we put 1 dot with the symbol of sodium and write Na• for it.
  5. Sodium atom loses this 1 electron to form sodium ion.
  6. By knowing the valence electrons of two different atoms by Lewis dot structure, we can understand which type of bond is going to establish between them and forms corresponding molecule.

Question 16.
What is octet rule? How do you appreciate role of the ‘octet rule’ in explaining the chemical properties of elements? (AS6)
(OR)
Which rule decides whether given element is chemically stable or not? Appreciate that rule.
Answer:
Octet rule decides whether given element is stable or not.
Octet rule :

  • ‘The atoms of elements tend to undergo chemical changes that help to leave their atoms with eight outer shell electrons.”
  • It was found that the elements which participate in chemical reaction get octet (or) ns2 np6 configuration similar to that of noble gas elements.

Role of octet in chemical properties of elements :

  1. Except He remaining inert gas elements have 8 electrons in their outermost orbit. Since these elements are having stable octet configuration in their outermost orbit, they are very stable.
  2. They do not allow the outermost electrons to take part in chemical reactions.
  3. So by having octet configuration for these elements we can conclude these are chemically inertial.
  4. If any group of elements (take halogens) which contain 7 electrons in their outermost orbit, they require only 1 e to get octet configuration.
  5. So they try to participate in chemical reaction to get that 1 difference electron for octet configuration.
  6. Similarly, Na contains 2, 8, 1 as its electronic configuration.
  7. So it loses le from its outermost shell; it should have 8e in its outer shell and get the octet configuration.
  8. Thus the octet rule helps in explaining the chemical properties of elements.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 17.
Explain the formation of the following molecules using valence bond theory.
a) N2 molecule
b) O2 molecule
(OR)
Write the formation of double bond and triple bond according to valence bond theory.
(OR)
Who proposed Valence Bond Theory? Explain the formation of N2 molecule by using this theory.
Answer:
Linus Pauling was proposed valence bond theory.
Formation of N2 molecule :

  1. Electronic configuration of Nitrogen is 1s² 2s² 2px¹ 2py¹ 2pz¹.
  2. Suppose that px orbital of one Nitrogen atom overlaps the px orbital of other ‘N’ atom giving σ px – px bond along the inter nuclear axis.
  3. The py and pz orbitals of one ‘N’ atom overlaps with the py and pz orbital of other ‘N’ atom laterally giving π py – py and π pz – pz bonds.
  4. Therefore, N2 molecule has a triple bond between two Nitrogen atoms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 19

Formation of O2 molecule :

  1. Electronic configuration of ‘O’ is 1s² 2s² 2px² 2py¹ 2pz¹.
  2. If the Py orbital of one ‘O’ atom overlaps the py orbital of other ‘O’ atom along inter- nuclear axis, a σ py – py bond is formed.
  3. pz orbital of oxygen atom overlaps laterally, perpendicular to inter nuclear axis giving a π py – pz bond.
  4. So O2 molecule has a double bond between the two oxygen atoms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 20

Question 18.
What is hybridisation? Explain the formation of the following molecules using hybridisation.
a) BeCl2
b) BF3
Explain the formation of sp and sp² hybridisation using examples.
(OR)
What is the name given to inter mixing of atomic orbitals to form new orbitals. Explain the formation of following molecules by using that process,
a) BeCl2
b) BF3
Answer:
This process is called hybridisation.
Hybridisation :
It is a phenomenon of inter mixing of atomic orbitals of almost equal energy which are present in the outer shells of the atom and their reshuffling or redistribution into the same number of orbitals but with equal properties like energy and shape.

a) Formation of BeCl2 (Beryllium chloride) molecule :

  1. 4Be has electronic configuration 1s² 2s².
  2. It has no unpaired electrons.
  3. It is expected not to form covalent bonds, but informs two covalent bonds one each with two chlorine atoms. „
  4. To explain this, an excited state is suggested for Beryllium in which an electron from ‘2s’ shifts to 2px level.
  5. Electronic configuration of 4Be is 1s² 2s¹ 2px¹].
  6. Electronic configuration of 17Cl is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3px² 3py² 3pz¹.
  7. If Be forms two covalent bonds with two chlorine atoms, one bond should be σ 2s-3p due to the overlap of ‘2s’ orbital of Be, the ‘3pz‘ orbital of one chlorine atom.
  8. The other bond should be σ 2p-3p due to the overlap of ‘2px’ orbital of Be atom the 3p orbital of the other chlorine atom.
  9. As the orbitals overlapping are different, the bond strengths of two Be-Cl must be different.
  10. But, both bonds are of same strength and Cl\(\hat{\mathrm{Be}}\) Cl is 180°.

The Hybridisation of BeCl2 can be explained in this way also :
a) Be atom in its excited state allows its 2s orbital and 2px orbital which contain unpaired electrons to intermix and redistribute to two identical orbitals.
b) As per Hund’s rule each orbital gets one electron.
c) The new orbitals based on the types of orbitals that have undergone hybridisation are called sp orbitals.
d) The two sp orbitals of Be get separated by 180°.
e) Now each chlorine atom comes with its 3pz¹ orbital and overlaps it the sp orbitals of Be forming two identical Be-Cl bonds (σ sp-p bonds).
Cl\(\hat{\mathrm{Be}}\) Cl = 180°.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 21
f) Both the bonds are of same strength.

b) Formation of BF3 molecule :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 22

  1. 5B has electronic configuration 1s² 2s² 2pxh
  2. The excited electronic configuration of 5B is 1s² 2s¹ 2px¹ 2py¹
  3. As it forms three identical B-F bonds in BF3.
  4. It is suggested that excited ‘B’ atom undergoes hybridisation.
  5. There is an intermixing of 2s, 2px, 2py orbitals and their redistribution into three identical orbitals called sp² hybrid orbitals.
  6. For three sp² orbitals to get separated to have minimum repulsion the angle between any two orbitals is 120° at the central atom and each sp² orbital gets one election.
  7. Now three fluorine atoms overlap their 2pz orbitals containing unpaired electrons (F9 1s² 2s² 2px² 2py² 2pz¹) the three sp² orbitals of ‘B’ that contain unpaired electrons to form three σsp²-p bonds.

Fill in the Blanks

1. Electrons in the outermost orbit are called …………………… .
2. Except …………………… gas all other noble gases have octet in their valence shell.
3. Covalency of elements explains about member of …………………… formed by the atom.
4. Valence bond theory was proposed by …………………… .
5. In …………………… bonding the valence electrons are shared among all the atoms of the metallic elements.
Answer:

  1. valence electrons
  2. Helium
  3. covalent bonds
  4. Linus Pauling
  5. covalent

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following elements is electronegative?
A) Sodium
B) Oxygen
C) Magnesium
D) Calcium
Answer:
B) Oxygen

2. An element 11X23 forms an ionic compound with another element ‘Y’. Then the charge on the ion formed by X is
A) +1
B) +2
C) -l
D) – 2
Answer:
A) +1

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

3. An element ‘A’ forms a chloride ACl4. The number of electrons in the valence shell of ‘A’
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 4
Answer:
D) 4

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 153

Question 1.
How do elements usually exist?
Answer:
They may exist as a single atom or as a group of atoms.

Question 2.
Do atoms exist as a single atom or as a group of atoms?
Answer:
Atoms exist as a single atom, sometimes as a group of atoms also.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 3.
Are there elements which exist as atoms?
Answer:
Yes. There are elements which exist as atoms.

Question 4.
Why do some elements exist as molecules and some as atoms?
Answer:
By following different laws of chemical combination the chemical compounds take place as a result of combination of atoms of various elements in different ways.

Question 5.
Why do some elements and compounds react vigorously while others are inert?
Answer:
1) Number of electrons in their outermost shell.
2) Bond strength between the atoms in compound.

Question 6.
Why is the chemical formula for water H2O and for sodium chloride NaCl, why not HO2 and NaCl2?
Answee:
Valencies of the atoms participating in the molecules.

Question 7.
Why do some atoms combine dille tl do not?
Answer:
1) Atoms which have 8e“ in their outer shell will not combine.
2) Atoms which have more than or less than 8e“ in their outer shell will combine.

Question 8.
Are elements and compounds simply made up of separate atoms Individually arranged?
Answer:
No. Elements and compounds are not simply made up of separate atoms individually arranged.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 9.
Is there any attraction between atoms?
Answer:
Yes. There is some attraction betwen atoms.

Question 10.
What is that holding them together?
Answer:
Force of attraction between them.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 155

Question 11.
Why is there absorption of energy in certain chemical reactions and release of energy in other reactions?
Answer:’
Because of bond energy between the atoms in a molecule.

Question 12.
Where does the absorbed energy go?
Answer:
For breaking chemical bonds between atoms in a molecule.

Question 13.
Is there any relation to energy and bond formation between atoms?
Answer:
Yes. There is some relation to energy and bond formation between atoms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 14.
What could be the reason for the change in reactivity of elements?
Answer:
Number of electrons in their outermost orbit.

Question 15.
What could be the reason for this?
Answer:
They have 8 (e) electrons in their outermost orbit.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 157

Question 16.
What did you notice in Lewis dot structure of noble gases and electronic configurations of the atoms of these elements shown in table – 1?
Answer:
Except He remaining Ne, Ar, Kr have 8 electrons in their outermost orbit.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 158

Question 17.
What have you observed from the above conclusions about the main groups?
Answer:

  1. Number of gained electrons of non-metals in their valency.
  2. Number of lost electrons of metals in their valency.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 18.
Why do atoms of elements try to combine and form molecules?
Answer:
To attain stable electronic configuration.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 159

Question 19.
Is it accidental that IA to VIIA main group elements during chemical reactions get eight electrons in the outermost shells of their ions, similar to noble gas atoms?
Answer:
No, it cannot be simply accidental.

Question 20.
Explain the formation of ionic compounds NaCl, MgCl2, Na2O and AlCl3 through Lewis electron dot symbols (formulae).
Answer:
1) Lewis electron dot symbol for NaCl:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 24
Formation of sodium chloride (NaCl) :
Sodium chloride is formed from the elements sodium and chlorine. It can be explained as follows.
Na(s) + ½Cl2(g) → NaCl2

Cation formation :
When sodium (Na) atom loses one electron to get octet electron configuration it forms a cation (Na+) and gets electron configuration that of Neon (Ne) atom.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 25

Anion formation :
Chlorine has shortage of one electron to get octet in its valence shell. So it gains the electron from Na atom to form anion and gets electron configuration as that of argon (Ar).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 26

Formation of the compound NaCl from its ions :
Transfer of electrons between ‘Na’ and ‘Cl’ atoms, results in the formation of ‘Na+‘ and ‘Cl‘ ions. These oppositely charged ions get attracted towards each other due to electrostatic forces and form the compound sodium chloride (NaCl).
Na+(g) + Cl(g) → Na+Cl(s) or NaCl

2) Lewis electron dot symbol for MgCl2:
MgCl2
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 27

Formation of magnesium chloride (MgCl2):
Magnesium chloride is formed from the elements magnesium and chlorine. The bond formation MgCl2 in brief using chemical equation is as follows :
Mg(s) + Cl2(g) → MgCl2(g)
Cation formation:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 28

Anion formation :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 29
The compound MgCl2 formation from its ions :
Mg2+ gets ‘Ne’ configuration and
Each Cl gets ‘Ar’ configuration
Mg2+(g) + 2 Cl(g) → MgCl2(s)
One ‘Mg’ atom transfers two electrons one each to two ‘Cl’ atoms and so formed Mg2+ and 2Cl attract to form MgCl2.

3) Lewis electron dot symbol for (Na2O) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 30

Formation of di sodium monoxide (Na2O):
Di sodium monoxide formation can be explained as follows:
Cation formation (Na+ formation):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 31

Two ‘Na’ atoms transfer one electron each to one oxygen atom to form 2 Na+ and O2-
Each Na+ gets ‘Ne’ configuration and O2- gets ‘Ne’ configuration.
These ions (2Na+ and O2-) attract to form Na2O.

4) Lewis electron dot symbol for (AlCl3):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 32

Formation of aluminium chloride (AlCl3):
Aluminium chloride formation can be explained as follows:
Formation of aluminium ion (Al3+), the cation:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 33

Each aluminium atom loses three electrons and three chlorine atoms gain them, one electron each.
The compound AlCl3 is formed from its component ions by the electrostatic forces of attractions.
Al3+(g) + 3 Cl(g) → AlCl3(s)

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 163

Question 21.
How do cations and anions of an ionic compound exist in its solid state?
Answer:
Ionic compounds exist in crystalline state.

Question 22.
Do you think that pairs of Na+ Cl as units would be present in the solid crystal?
Answer:
Yes. I think that pairs of Na+ Cl as units would be present in the solid crystal.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 164

Question 23.
Can you explain the reasons for all these?
Answer:
Ionic bond is formed between atoms of elements with electronegativity, difference equal to or greater than 1.9.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 165

Question 24.
Can you say what type of bond exists between atoms of nitrogen molecule?
Answer:
Triple bond exists between atoms of nitrogen molecule.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 168

Question 25.
What do you understand from bond lengths and bond energies?
Answer:
Bond lengths and bond energies are not same when the atoms that form the bond are different.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 26.
Are the values not different for the bonds between different types of atoms?
Answer:
Yes. The values are not different for the bonds between different types of atoms.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 170

Question 27.
What is the bond angle in a molecule?
Answer:
It is the angle subtended by two imaginary lines that pass from the nuclei of two atoms which form the covalent bonds with the central atom through the nucleus of the central atom at the central atom.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 172

Question 28.
How is MCI molecule formed?
Answer:
The ‘1s’ orbital of ‘H’ atom containing unpaired electron overlaps the ‘3p’ orbital of chlorine atom containing unpaired electron of opposite spin.

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding Activities

Activity – 1

1. Write the Lewis structures of the given elements in the table. Also, consult the periodic table and fill in the group number of the element.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 23

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 7th Lesson Coordination in Life Processes

10th Class Biology 7th Lesson Coordination in Life Processes 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Complete the following table.
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the apparatus used in your class, while performing the demonstration of peristaltic movement in Oesophagus?
Answer:
a) A piece of waste cycle tube.
b) Oil for lubrication.
c) Potatoes.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 3.
You have conducted an experiment to prove that HC1 secreted in our stomach, does not harm walls of the stomach. Write the apparatus used in that experiment.
Answer:
Apparatus: Green leaves, petroleum jelly, weak acid.

Question 4.
What will happen, if there is no diaphragm in the human body?
Answer:

  1. Diaphragm flattens during inhalation, thus increasing the volume of the thoracic cavity.
  2. If the diaphragm is absent the inhalation and exhalation become very difficult in human beings.

Question 5.
What happens if the direction of peristalsis is not reversed in animal like cow?
Answer:
If the direction of peristalsis is not reversed (rumination is not done) in animal like cow, the food will not be masticated in the mouth and fermentation of the food with the micro-organisms in the stomach will not be taken place.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 6.
What happens if there is no mucus in the Oesophagus?
Answer:

  1. The walls of the food pipe secrete a slippery substance called mucus.
  2. Mucus lubricates and protects the oesophageal walls from damage.
  3. This helps the food bolus to slide down easily in the tube.
  4. If there is no mucus, lubrication will not occur for the food bolus to slide and walls get damage.

Question 7.
Which part of small intestine absorbs digested food?
Answer:
Microvilli/villi.

Question 8.
Name the chemical which is used to test the action of saliva on flour (ata).
Answer:
Iodine Solution.

Question 9.
What happens, if there is no peristaltic movement in Oesophagus?
Answer:

  1. The food won’t slidedown in the oesophagus.
  2. The digestion of food won’t takes place in the stomach and small intestine.

Question 10.
Number of Neurons present in enteric Nervous System?
Answer:
Number of neurons present in enteric nervous system are 100 millions.

Question 11.
Why do every life process is dependent on other life process?
Answer:
Every life process is dependent on other life process to keep the body in good condition.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 12.
Which life process generally maintain the level of different substances in the blood?
Answer:
The life process that maintain the level of different substances in the blood is digestive system.

Question 13.
When do we feel hunger pangs in stomach?
Answer:
When the level of glucose in the blood falls we feel hunger pangs in stomach.

Question 14.
Which hormone is responsible for hunger pangs in stomach?
Answer:
Ghrelin hormone is responsible for hunger pangs in stomach.

Question 15.
The hormone ghrelin is secreted by?
Answer:
The hormone ghrelin is secreted by certain cells in the wall of the stomach.

Question 16.
Which one plays an important role in carrying hunger signals to brain?
Answer:
The diencephalon in fore brain and vagus nerve which is 10th cranial nerve plays an important role in carrying hunger pangs.

Question 17.
How much time does the hunger pangs continue?
Answer:
The hunger pangs continue up to 30 to 45 minutes.

Question 18.
Increase in ghrelin levels results in?
Answer:
Increase in ghrelin levels results in sensation of hunger and motivation to consume food.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 19.
Which hormone suppresses hunger?
Answer:
Hormone leptin suppresses hunger.

Question 20.
Which senses enhance our perceptions of the food we eat?
Answer:
Interactions between the senses of taste and smell enhance our perceptions of the food we eat.

Question 21.
What are the different types of papillae present on the tongue?
Answer:
The different types of papillae present on the tongue are filiform papillae, fungiform papillae, foliate papillae and circumvallate papillae.

Question 22.
When do you identify the taste easily?
Answer:
Taste can be identified easily by me when the tongue is pressed against the pallate.

Question 23.
Who conducted experiments on conditioned reflexes?
Answer:
Russian scientist Ivan Pavlov has conducted experiments on conditioned reflexes and found that even the thought of food will water our mouth.

Question 24.
Name the different sets of teeth present in your mouth.
Answer:
The different sets of teeth present in human beings is incisors, canines, premolars and molars.

Question 25.
Write the number of different sets of teeth in human Beings.
Answer:
The number of different sets of teeth in human beings are incisors – 8, canines – 4, premolars – 8, molars -12.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 26.
What is mastication?
Answer:
Grinding, chewing and shredding of food in the mouth by teeth is called mastication.

Question 27.
Which cranial nerve controls the movement of a muscle in the jaw?
Answer:
The fifth cranial nerve (Trigeminal nerve) controls the movement of muscles in the jaw.

Question 28.
What is bolus?
Answer:
Food that is formed due to the mastication in the mouth is called bolus.

Question 29.
What is the function of salivary amylase?
Answer:
The enzyme salivary amylase in the saliva breaks down the large starch molecules into smaller subunits usually into sugars.

Question 30.
The controlling center for swallowing food is present in?
Answer:
The controlling center for swallowing food is present somewhere in the brain stem „ (medulla oblongata and others).

Question 31.
Which medium aids in action of enzyme, salivary amylase?
Answer:
Alkaline medium aids in action of enzyme, salivary amylase.

Question 32.
The pH value of alkaline medium is?
Answer:
The pH value of alkaline medium is above 7.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 33.
The pH value of acidic medium is?
Answer:
The pH value of acidic medium is below 7.

Question 34.
What are nocturnal animals? Give some examples.
Answer:
The animals which are active during nights are called Nocturnal animals.
Ex: Cockroach, rodents, bats etc.

Question 35.
The amount of saliva secreted by human beings per day is?
Answer:
The amount of saliva secreted by human beings per day is 1 to 1.5 liters.

Question 36.
What kind of tube is oesophagus?
Answer:
Oesophagus is muscular and elastic tube.

Question 37.
How does mucus help in passage of food?
Answer:
Mucus lubricates, protects the walls from damage and helps bolus slide down easily to stomach.

Question 38.
What are the two kinds of smooth muscles present in oesophagus?
Answer:
The two kinds of smooth muscles present in oesophagus are the inner layer consists of circular muscles and the outer layer of longitudinal muscles.

Question 39.
What is peristalsis?
Answer:
The involuntary contraction and relaxation of the muscles of oesophagus, stomach and intestine bring in a wave like motion called peristalsis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 40.
APiich nervous system controls the peristalsis?
Answer:
The involuntary movements peristalsis is under the control of autonomous nervous system.

Question 41.
Which juice is secreted by the wall of stomach?
Answer:
The juice secreted by the wall of stomach is gastric juice which contains hydrochloric acid, mucus and enzyme pepsin.

Question 42.
What is chyme?
Answer:
The digestive juices turns the food into a smooth substance known as chyme. It is the partially digested food in the stomach.

Question 43.
Rumination in cow is the result of?
Answer:
Rumination in cow is the result of reverse peristalsis.

Question 44.
What is the use of reverse peristalsis in human beings?
Answer:
The use of reverse peristalsis in human beings helps in vomiting, (expelling unwanted substances from the food canal.)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 45.
How much time does it takes to emptying the food from stomach?
Answer:
Emptying of food from stomach takes nearly 4 to 5 hours.

Question 46.
What causes the stomach to churn and mix the food?
Answer:
Peristalsis causes the stomach to churn and mix the food.

Question 47.
What issthe location of pyloric sphincter? What is its function?
Answer:
Pyloric sphincter present at the opening of stomach and the first part of the small intestine. It releases small quantity of food into the duodenum.

Question 48.
Why should only a small quantity of food be passed from stomach to duodenum?
Answer:
For the complete digestion of the food only a small quantity of food be passed from stomach to duodenum.

Question 49.
What is the nature of the chyme?
Answer:
The nature of the chyme is acidic.

Question 50.
Which hormones in small intestine produced due to the Acidic nature of chyme?
Answer:
Acidic nature of chyme initiates the production of hormones like secretin and cholecystokinin in small intestine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 51.
Secretin and cholecystokinin stimulates the production of?
Answer:
Secretin and cholecystokinin stimulates the production of pancreatic juice, bile juice and succus entericus from pancreas, liver and walls of intestine respectively.

Question 52.
Which process is involved in absorption of nutrients from food?
Answer:
Selective absorption is involved in absorbing nutrients from food.

Question 53.
Which absorb nutrients from the food in small intestine?
Answer:
Finger-like projections called villi absorb nutrients from the food in small intestine.

Question 54.
Anyone with severe cough and cold cannot make out the difference in tastes of certain food items, when the sense of smell is impaired. Why?
Answer:

  1. The flavour of food is produced with the combination of taste and smell.
  2. The taste or food odour is not individually detected.
  3. The interactions between the senses of taste and smell enhance our perceptions of the food.

Question 55.
Seventy percent of our immune system is aimed at?
Answer:
Seventy percent of our immune system is aimed at the gut (elementary canal) to expel and kill foreign invaders.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 56.
What is the second brain?
Answer:
The entric nervous system present below the gut or alimentary canal which controls digestion is called second brain.

Question 57.
What is the other name for second brain?
Answer:
The other name for second brain is enteric nervous system.

Question 58.
What is the length of gut or alimentary canal?
Answer:
The length of gut or alimentary canal in man measures about nine meters.

Question 59.
Which part or muscle controls the exit of stool from the body?
Answer:
Anal sphincter controls the exit of stool from the body.

Question 60.
What happens during inhalation?
Answer:
During inhalation oxygen moves across the walls of the alveoli and enters the blood.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 61.
What happens during exhalation?
Answer:
During exhalation, carbon dioxide from the blood moves into the alveoli of the lungs and breathed out.

Question 62.
What would be the path of salt removal from gut to the outside of our body?
Answer:
Salt is removed via blood through the kidneys, skin from our body.

Question 63.
Respiration in human beings is controlled by?
Answer:
Respiration in human beings is controlled by medulla oblongata of the autonomous nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 64.
For oxidation of food and transport of substance which processes are to be coordinated?
Answer:
Respiration and blood circulations are to be coordinated for oxidation of food and transport of substances.

10th Class Biology 7th Lesson Coordination in Life Processes 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The mere smell or sight of food stimulates hunger. Describe the process in a flow chart.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 1

Question 2.
What happens if salivary ducts are closed?
Answer:

  1. Salivary glands secrete saliva. Saliva contains mucin and ptyalin or salivary amylase.
  2. Mucin gives lubrication to the bolus so that we can easily swallow the food.
  3. Ptyalin or salivary amylase digest the complex carbohydrates into simple sugars.
  4. If salivary ducts are closed the above processess don’t occur. So that food is not digested properly.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 3.
“It is believed that the Diencephalon in fore-brain and vagus nerve (10th cranial nerve) plays an important role in carrying hunger signals to the brain. Hunger pangs continue upto 30-45 minutes. Increase in ghrelin levels results in sensation of hunger and motivation to consume minutes. Increase in ghrelin levels results in sensation of hunger and motivation to consume food.
Read above content and prepare any two questions.
Answer:

  1. What are the nerves involved in carrying hunger signals?
  2. How long hunger pangs continue?
  3. Which part of the brain is the centre for hunger pangs?
  4. Which chemical substance is responsible for motivating to consume food?
  5. What are the hormones related to hunger?

Question 4.
What will happen, if the small intestine is not like a long coiled tube?
Answer:

  1. If size and shape of small intestine is like oesophagus the height of the person should be more than 22 feet as the length of the small intestine is about 22 feet. So it will not fit in the human body.
  2. Food will not be digested completely.
  3. Digested food will not be absorbed effectively.
  4. The food taken into the body is expelled out only after completing partial digestion in stomach.
  5. The body suffers from starvation of nutrients.

Question 5.
What did you observe in acid and leaf experiment ? What did you have understand regarding human digestive system from this? (OR)
Take two similar green leaves. Apply grease on one leaf and leave the other free. Add 1 or 2 drops of acid on each leaf. What kind of change do you observe from this?
Answer:

  1. The leaf to which grease is applied is not effected with the acid.
  2. The leaf to which grease is not applied is effected.
  3. From the above activity we can conclude that mucus secreted by the walls of stomach protect it from the harmful effects of hydrochloric acid in the stomach.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 6.
Identify the diagram and write two functions of it.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 2Answer:
This diagram is Liver.
Liver – Functions:

  1. Breakdown of larger fats into small globules/emulsification of fats.
  2. It excretes Bile salts, cholesterol steroid, hormones, extra drugs, vitamins and alkaline salts through urine.

Question 7.
What will happen if Islets of langerhans fail to function?
Answer:

  1. Insulin may not be produced.
  2. Human may suffer from sugar/diabetes.
  3. Sugar level increases in blood.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 8.
What may happen if villi are absent in small intestine?
Answer:

  1. Villi increase the surface area of the small intestine for absorption when food passes through it. If villi are absent, food will not be digested completely.
  2. Digested food will not be absorbed effectively.
  3. The food taken into the body is expelled out only after completing partial absorption in the small intestine.
  4. The body will suffer from starvation of nutrients.

Question 9.
Draw the diagram showing peristaltic movement. Write the names of the parts responsible for it.
Answer:
a) Mucus lubricates and protects the walls of oesophagus.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 3b) Circular muscles and longitudinal muscles of oesophagus help in the movement of food ‘bolus’.
c) Peristalsis is under the control of Autonomous nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 10.
How do we know the taste of the food material? (OR)
What helps us in tasting food material?
Answer:

  1. On the tongue different types of papillae are present to sense different tastes.
  2. If we want to taste the food material, the food should be dissolved in saliva.
  3. We can taste the food that is in the form of liquid only.
  4. Only after the dissolved food enters into the cup like taste buds (papillae), the sense of taste is carried to the brain for analysis.
  5. Then only we will know the taste of the food material.

Question 11.
Write a short note on digestion of food in mouth.
(OR)
How food is digested in the mouth?
Answer:

  1. Saliva is secreted by the action of autonomous nervous system in the mouth.
  2. Saliva moistens the food to make chewing and swallowing easier.
  3. Due to the mastication of food in the mouth it forms a slurry mass called bolus.
  4. The enzyme salivary amylase in the saliva breaks down the large starch molecules into smaller subunits usually into sugars of maltose and dextrose.
  5. It is easier and convenient to swallow food after mastication in the mouth.

Question 12.
Why do we salivate during a nap of daytime?
Answer:

  1. We are diurnal animals, we are active during daytime and take rest at night.
  2. Ail the systems of our body are active in function during the daytime of our activity. Hence, man is a diurnal animal.
  3. Our digestive system is also active and ready to receive the food for digestion.
  4. If we sleep during daytime saliva oozes out of our mouth and wets the pillows.
  5. This will not happen during night time.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 13.
Write a brief account on travel of food through oesophagus.
(OR)
How food travels in the oesophagus?
Answer:

  1. Oesophagus is a tube like structure.
  2. the wall of the oesophagus is made up of two kinds of smooth muscles.
  3. The inner layer consisting of circular muscles and the outer layer with longitudinal muscles.
  4. Contraction of the circular muscles results in narrowing of the oesophagus just behind the bolus. So the food is squeezed downwards.
  5. Contraction of the longitudinal muscles in front of the bolus widen the tube, this results in shortening of that particular part of the oesophagus.
  6. Contraction and relaxation of these muscles bring in a wave like motion that propels the food bolus into the stomach by ‘peristalsis’.

Question 14.
The digestive tract is unique among internal organs. Write few lines by supporting this statement.
Answer:

  1. The digestive tract is unique among internal organs because it is exposed to a large variety of physio chemical stimuli from the external world in the form of ingested food.
  2. As a consequence, the intestine has developed a rich store of coordinated movements of its muscular apparatus along with neural apparatus to ensure the appropriate mixing and propulsion of contents during digestion, absorption and excretion.
  3. The neural apparatus of our digestive tract comprises of such a vast and complicated network of neurons that it has been nicknamed by scientists as the second brain.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 15.
How taste is identified by us? (OR) How can we identify taste?
Answer:

  1. Any food substance when placed on the tongue gets dissolved in the saliva secreted by salivary glands in the mouth.
  2. When the tongue is pressed against the palate the food substance is pressed against the opening of the taste bud letting it to reach the taste cells and triggering taste signals.
  3. Finally the taste is recognized in the brain.

10th Class Biology 7th Lesson Coordination in Life Processes 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Give reasons:
A) Hunger generating signals reach the brain when stomach gets empty.
Answer:
Ghrelin is secreted from walls of the stomach.
B) When your stomach is filled with full of food, you feel you don’t need food any more.
Answer:
Leptin Hormone is secreted which suppresses hunger.
C) In severe cold and cough, one cannot feel the taste of the food.
Answer:
During cold olfactory receptors are blocked.
D) We cannot identify the taste of a grape fruit, when it is placed on the tongue.
Answer:
We cannot taste the grapes because it is not in the liquid state.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 2.
A) What is the function of peristalsis in these parts of Human digestive system?
a) Oesophagus
b) Stomach
c) Small intestine
d) Large intestine
Answer:
a) Oesophagus: Bolus moves towards the stomach.
b) Stomach : Peristalsis helps in storing food, breaking down food, mixing the food with gastric juice.
c) Small intestine : Peristalsis helps in mixing the chyme with digestive juices.
d) Large intestine: Peristalsis helps to propel undigested material into rectum.

Question 3.
Observe the following schematic diagram and answer the following questions:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 6
i) What do you call the wave like movements shown by the muscles of Oesophagus?
Answer:
Peristalsis.

ii) What is the structure of Oesophagus?
Answer:
Long tube like structure.

iii) How does mucus help in passage of food?
Answer:
Mucus helps the food to slide down easily.

iv) Which parts of alimentary canal are connected by the Oesophagus?
Answer:
Pharynx and stomach.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 4.
What is peristaltic movement? Compare the similarity of bolus movement in oesophagus with cycle tube and potato experiment which you have conducted in school.
Answer:
Peristalsis: Contraction and relaxation of circular and longitudinal muscles bring in a wave – like motion that propels the food bolus into the stomach from oesophagus by the action called as peristalsis.
Experiment:
Aim: Making a model of oesophagus to observe how bolus moves forward.
Material required: Potatoes, cycle tube lubricate oil.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 5Procedure:

  1. Take a piece of waste cycle tube and insert one or two potatoes into it.
  2. Lubricate the inner side of the tube with oil.
  3. In the same way smear oil over potatoes.
  4. Insert oil coated potatoes in the tube. Potatoes in cycle tube
  5. Now try to push the potatoes by squeezing the tube from behind the potato.

Observation: Oil acted as lubricant to push the potato easily in the forward direction. Conclusion: The muscles in the wall of the oesophagus have bring in a wave like movement due to contraction and relaxation, that propels the food bolus into the stomach.
This action is called as peristalsis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 5.
Write the procedure involved in the acid and leaf experiment to understand the concept “how the stomach gets protected from its own acid secretions”. Compare the observations with the changes that takes place in human digestive system.
Answer:

  1. Take two similar green leaves.
  2. Grease one leaf with petroleum jelly, leave the other free.
  3. Add 1 or 2 drops of some weak acids on both the leaves.
  4. Observe them after half-an-hour or so and write your observations.
  5. The leaf to which petroleum jelly was not applied effected by the acid.
  6. We observe the colour of the leaf changes.
  7. The other leaf was not affected by the acid because of petroleum jelly.
    From the above activity we can conclude that mucus secreted by the walls of stomach protects the stomach it from the harmful effects of hydrochloric acid.

Question 6.
Vasu is doing experiment, lab activities in his classroom. He is tired due to hungry. How hungry feeling occurs? How will one know?
Answer:

  1. Levels of different substances are generally maintained in the blood mainly by our digestive system.
  2. One of the major substance is glucose.
  3. When its levels in the blood fall, we get hunger pangs in stomach.
  4. Ghrelin is secreted from the certain cells in the wall of the stomach.
  5. Hunger contractions (hunger pangs) start to occur in the stomach due to the secretion of Ghrelin hormone.
  6. Increase in ghrelin levels results in sensation of hunger and motivation to consume

Question 7.
What is peristaltic movement? Explain the food movement in alimentary canal comparing with the experiment of moving potatoes in cycle tube.
Answer:
Peristaltic movement is the contraction and relaxation of the muscles of the digestive system. The movement of food through food pipe is known as peristaltic movement.
Food movement in alimentary canal:

  1. The walls of the food pipe secrete a slippery substance called mucus. Mucus lubricates and protects the oesophageal walls from damage.
  2. This helps the food bolus to slide down easily just as the oiled potatoes that move in the tube. Oil acts as lubricant and push the potatoes easily in the forward direction.
  3. The wall of the oesophagus is made up of two kinds of smooth muscles. The inner layer consists of circular muscles and the outer layer of longitudinal muscles.
  4. Contraction of the circular muscles results in narrowing of the oesophagus just behind the bolus.
  5. So the food is squeezed downwards.
  6. Contraction of the longitudinal muscles in front of the bolus widen the tube, this results in shortening of that particular part of the oesophagus.
  7. Contraction and relaxation of these muscles bring in wave like motion that propels the food bolus into the stomach by the action called as peristalsis.
  8. This is involuntary and under the control of autonomous nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 8.
Write briefly about the functional and structural aspects of oesophagus in human beings.
Answer:

  1. Oesophagus is a long muscular and elastic tube-like part of the digestive system which lies between pharynx and stomach.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 6
  2. The wall of the oesophagus is made up of two kinds of smooth muscles.
  3. The inner layer consists of circular muscles and the outer layer of longitudinal muscles.
  4. The walls of the oesophagus secrete mucus, a slimy substance which helps in the easy movement of food into the stomach.
  5. Walls of oesophagus carry on wave-like movement by contraction and relaxation. These movements are known as peristalsis.
  6. Due to the peristalsis movements food passes from oesophagus into stomach.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 9.
Explain briefly about the structure of stomach. (OR)
What is the role of stomach in digestion of food ?
Answer:

  1. Our stomach is not a bag with specific volume. It is a like a pouch which is elastic in nature.
  2. The size of the stomach increases based on the food we intake.
  3. Digestive juices are produced depending on the quantity of food material.
  4. The walls of the stomach secrete juice containing hydrochloric acid.
  5. Mucus secreted by some cells in the walls of the stomach form a thin lining on the walls of the stomach. This counters the action of acid.
  6. The food is thoroughly mixed with the digestive juices by peristaltic movements of muscles in stomach.
  7. The digestive juices of the stomach turns food into a smooth liquid mass called chyme.

Question 10.
Draw peristaltic movement of food in stomach. Describe movement of food in stomach.
Answer:

  1. The stomach acts like a washing machine, churning the food around to break it into even smaller pieces.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 7
  2. Mechanical mixing of food in stomach occurs by peristalsis, which is waves of muscular contractions that move along the stomach wall.
  3. The contractions of the stomach muscles squeeze and mix the food with the acids and juices of the stomach.
  4. The digestive juices turns the food into smooth paste like substance called chyme.
  5. As the process of digestion in the stomach nears completion, the contractions of the stomach decrease.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 11.
Describe with diagram how villi are helpful in absorption of digested food in small intestine.
(OR)
How digested food is absorbed in small intestine?
Answer:

  1. The small intestine is the main region for the absorption of digested food.
  2. The inner surface of the small intestine contains thousands of finger like projections called Villi.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 8
  3. These villi increase the surface area;so that the food retained in the folds can remain longer thereby enhancing absorption.
  4. Blood vessels and lymph vessels are present in the form of a network in the villi.
  5. Products of digestion are absorbed first into the villi and from there into the blood vessels and lymph vessels.

Question 12.
Write about the experiment conducted by Ivan Pavlov on conditioned reflex.
Answer:

  1. Ivan Pavlov was a Russian scientist conducted experiments on conditioned reflexes.
  2. He discovered that dogs produced extra saliva when they were offered food.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 9
  3. Pavlov noticed, that they also did the same when the person who fed them came into the room, even if the person had not brought any food.
  4. Pavlov went on to ring a bell at the start of feeding time, and eventually the dogs produced extra saliva when they heard the bell, before any food was brought.
  5. A dog salivating when it hears a bell is not a natural response.
  6. They would not do this without being conditioned to do so.
  7. The behaviour has been learned. It is called a conditioned response.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

Question 13.
Explain the process of exit of waste materials from large intestine.
Answer:

  1. When the unwanted waste material reach the large intestine, the peristaltic waves move the stool into the rectum.
  2. Water gets reabsorbed and the remaining waste usually hard mass that gets stored in the last part of the large intestine i.e., rectum.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes 10
  3. There are two muscular layers helping the exit of stools.
  4. One that is under involuntary control and the other is under voluntary control.
  5. The muscular structures helps in opening and closing of the aperture of a canal is called sphincter.
  6. Anal sphincter controls the process of exit of waste materials from large intestine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Coordination in Life Processes

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 9th Lesson Structure of Atom

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Structure of Atom Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
Newlands proposed the law of octaves. Mendeleeff suggested eight groups for elements in his table. How do you explain these observations in terms of modem periodic classification? (AS1)
(OR)
Correlate various tables proposed on classification of elements.
Answer:

  • According to Newlands, every eighth element starting from a given element jsembles in its properties to that of the starting element, when elements are ranged in ascending order of their atomic weights.
  • According to Newlands, the properties of fluorine and chlorine are similar and sodium and potassium are similar. Same aspect is given by modern periodic table.
  • Mendeleeff divided it into horizontal rows and vertical columns. He called them peribds and groups respectively. Modem periodic table also gives the same.
  • According to Mendeleeff, the elements of same group have similar properties. Modern periodic table also proposed the same thing.
  • Mendeleeff gave the general formula for first group elements as R,0, and general formula for second group elements as RO. We can find the same thing in modern periodic table.
  • The elements of particular group possess same common valency. Same was proposed by modern periodic table.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 2.
What are the limitations of Mendeleeff’s periodic table? How could the modern periodic table overcome the limitations of Mendeleeff’s table? (AS1)
(OR)
How can the limitations of Mendeleeffs table be overcome with the help of modern periodic table?
Answer:
Limitations of Mendeleeffs periodic table :
1) Anomalous pair of elements :
Certain elements of highest atomic weights precede those with lower atomic weights.
Eg : Tellurium (atomic weight 127.6) precedes iodine (atomic weight 126.9).

2) Dissimilar elements placed together :
a) Elements with dissimilar properties were placed in same group as sub-group A and sub-group Bt
Eg : Alkali metals like Li, Na, K, etc. of IA group have little resemblance with coinage metals like Cu, Ag, Au of IB group.

b) Cl of VII A group is a non-metal and Mn of VII B group is a metal.

Method of overcoming the limitations of Mendeleeffs periodic table by modern periodic table :
1. In modern periodic table, elements are arranged in the ascending order of their atomic numbers. So this arrangement eliminated the problem of anomalous series.
Eg : Though Tellurium (Te) has more atomic weight than Iodine (I), its atomic number is one unit less compared to Iodine.

2. The elements with similar outer shell (valence shell) electronic configurations in their atoms are in the same column called group in modern periodic table. So the elements have similar properties overcoming the Mendeleeffs second limitation.

Question 3.
Define the modern periodic law. Discuss the construction of the long form of the periodic table. (AS1)
(OR)
What are the salient features of modern periodic table?
Answer:
Modern periodic law :
‘The physical and chemical properties of elements are the periodic function of the electronic configurations of their atoms”.

Construction of the long form periodic table :

  1. Based on the modern periodic law, the modern periodic table is proposed.
  2. This periodic table is known as long form of the periodic table.
  3. Long form periodic table is the graphical representation of Aufbau principle.
  4. The modern periodic table has 18 vertical columns called groups and 7 horizontal rows known as periods.
  5. There are 18 groups, represented by using Roman numerals I to VIII, with letters A and B in traditional notation, (or) 1 to 18 by Arabic numerals.
  6. There are 7 periods. These periods are represented by Arabic numerals 1 to 7.
  7. The number of main shells present in the atom of particular atom decides to which period it belongs.
  8. First period consists 2 elements, 2nd and 3rd periods contains 8 elements each, 4th and 5th periods contains 18 elements each, 6 period contains 32 elements and 7th period is incomplete.
  9. The elements are classified into s, p, d and f block elements.
  10. Inert gases are placed in 18th group.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 4.
Explain how the elements are classified into s, p, d and f-block elements in the periodic table and give the advantage of this kind of classification. (AS1)
(OR)
How is the periodic table classified based upon the entering of differenciating electron? Explain that classification. What is the advantage of such classification?
Answer:
1) Depending upon which sub-shell the differentiating electron enters, the elements are classified into s, p, d and f-block elements. They are

  1. s – block elements,
  2. p – block elements,
  3. d – block elements,
  4. f – block elements.

2) s – block elements :
i) If the differentiating electron enters in s-sub-shell, then the elements are called s-block elements.
ii) IA (1), IIA (2) group elements belong to this block.

3) p – block elements :
i) If the differentiating electron enters in p-sub-shell, then the elements are called p-block elements.
ii) IIIA(13), IV A (14), V A (15), VIA (16), VIIA (17) belong to p-block.

4) d – block elements :
i) If the differentiating electron enters in d-sub-shell, then the elements are called d – block elements.
ii) I B, II B, III B, IV B, V B, VI B, VII B, VIII B belong to d-block elements.
iii) They are also called transition elements.

5) f – block elements :
i) If the differentiating electrons enter in f-sub-shell, then the elements are called f-block elements.
ii) These are divided into two types
a) Lanthanides (41 elements),
b) Actinides (5f elements).
iii) These are also called as inner transition elements.

Advantage of this classification :
1) The systematic grouping of elements into groups made the study simple.
2) Each period begins with the electron entering a new shell and ends with the complete filling of s and p-sub-shells of that shell.

Question 5.
Given below is the electronic configuration of elements A, B, C, D. (AS1)

A) 1s² 2s² 1. Which are the elements coming within the same period?
B) 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 2. Which are the elements coming within the same group?
C) 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p³ 3. Which are the noble gas elements?
D) 1s² 2s² 2p6 4. To which group and period does the element ‘C’ belong?

Answer:
According to electronic configuration
A = Be B = Mg C = P D = Ne
1. Which are the elements coming within the same period?
Answer:
A and D i.e. Be and Ne coming within the same period. [They have same valence shell (n = 2)]

2. Which are the ones coming within the same group?
Answer:
A and B i.e., Be and Mg coming within the same group. [They have same valence subshell with same valency (2s² and 3s²)]

3. Which are the noble gas elements?
Answer:
D, i.e. Ne is the noble gas element. [It has valency as ‘O’ and it has ‘8’ electrons in valence shell].

4. To which group and period does the element ‘C’ belong?
Answer:
Element ‘C’ i.e. ‘P’ belongs to 3rd period and VA group.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 6.
Write down the characteristics of the elements having atomic number 17. (AS1)
1) Electronic configuration ___________
2) Period number _____________
3) Group number _____________
4) Element family ____________
5) No. of valence electrons ___________
6) Valency _____________
7) Metal or non-metal ____________
Answer:

  1. 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5
  2. 3
  3. VII A or 17
  4. Halogen family
  5. 7
  6. 1
  7. Non-metal

Question 7.
a) State the number of valence electrons, the group number and the period number of each element given in the following table : (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 1
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 2

b) State whether the following elements belong to a Group (G), Period (P) or neither Group nor Period (N). (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 3
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 4

Question 8.
Elements in a group generally possess similar properties, but elements along a period have different properties. How do you explain this statement? (AS1)
(OR)
Elements in a group possess similar properties, but elements along a period have different properties. Explain the reason.
Answer:

  • Physical and chemical properties of elements are related to their electronic configurations, particularly the outer shell configurations.
  • Therefore, all the elements in a group should have similar chemical properties.
  • Similarly, across the table from left to right in any period, elements get an increase in the atomic number by one unit between any two successive elements.
  • Therefore, the electronic configuration of valence shell of any two elements in a period is not same. Due to this reason, elements along a period possess different chemical properties.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 9.
s – block and p – block elements except 18th group elements are sometimes called as ‘Representative elements’ based on their abundant availability in the nature. Is it justified? Why? (AS1)
(OR)
Which elements are called representative elements? Why?
Answer:

  • s, p – block elements are called representative elements because these are the elements which take part in chemical reactions because of incompletely filled outermost shell.
  • These elements undergo chemical reactions to acquire the nearest noble gas configuration by losing or gaining or sharing of electrons.
  • So they are called representative elements.

Question 10.
Complete the following table using periodic table. (AS1)

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 5
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 6

Question 11.
Complete the following table using the periodic table. (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 7
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 8

Question 12.
The electronic configuration of the elements X, Y, and Z are given below.
a) X = 2
b) Y = 2, 6
c) Z = 2, 8, 2
i) Which element belongs to second period?
Answer:
Y belongs to second period.

ii) Which element belongs to second group?
Answer:
Z belongs to second group,

iii) Which element belongs to 18th group?
Answer:
X belongs to 18th group.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 13.
Identify the element that has the larger atomic radius in each pair of the following and mark it with a symbol (✓). (AS1)
(i) Mg or Ca
(ii) Li or Cs
(iii) N or P
(iv) B or Al
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 9

Question 14.
Identify the element that has the lower ionization energy in each pair of the, following and mark it with a symbol (✓). (AS1)
(i) Mg or Na (ii) Li or O (iii) Br or F (iv) K or Br
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 10

Question 15.
In period 2, element X is to the right of element Y. Then, find which ofitheydements have : (AS1)
i) Low nuclear charge
Answer:
Y has low nuclear charge.

ii) Low atomic size
Answer:
X has lower atomic size,

iii) High ionization energy
Answer:
X has higher ionization energy.

iv) High electronegativity
Answer:
Xhas high electronega^vity.

v) More metallic,character
Answer:
Y has more metallic character.

Question 16.
How does metallic character change when we move
i) Down a group?
ii) Across a period?
Answer:
i) Down a group :
When we move from top to bottom in a group, the metallic character increases.

ii) Across a period:
When we move left to right in a period, the metallic character decreases.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 17.
Why was the basis of classification of elements changed from the atomic mass to the atomic number? (AS1)
(OR)
Which atomic property is more suitable for classification of elements? Why?
Answer:

  • The first attempt to classify elements was made by Dobereiner.
  • Dobereiner’s attempt gave a clue that atomic masses could be correlated with properties of elements:
  • Newlands’ law of octaves also followed the same basis for classification but this law is not valid for the elements that had atomic masses higher than calcium.
  • Mendeleeff’s classification also based on the atomic masses of elements, but it lead to some limitations like Anomalous pair of elements and Dissimilar elements placed together.
  • Moseley by analyzing the X-ray patterns of different elements was able to calculate the number of positive charges in the atoms of respective elements.
  • With this analysis, Moseley realized that the atomic number is more fundamental
    characteristic of an element than its atomic weight. ,
  • So, he arranged the elements in the periodic table according to the increasing order of their atomic number.
  • This arrangement eliminated the problem of anomalous series and dissimilar elements placed together in Mendeleeff’s classification.

Question 18.
What is a periodic property? How do the following properties change in a group and period? Explain. (AS1)
I. a) Atomic radius
b) Ionization energy
c) Electron affinity
d) Electronegativity
II. Explain the ionization energy order in the following sets of elements: (AS1)
a) Na, Al, Cl
b) Li, Be, B
c) C, N, O
d) F, Ne, Na
e) Be, Mg, Ca
Answer:
Periodic property:
The property in which there shall be a regular gradation is called periodic property.

I. a) Atomic radius :
Period :
Atomic radius of elements decreases across a period from left to right because the nuclear charge increases due to increase in atomic number.

Group :
Atomic radius increases from top to bottom in a group due to addition of new shell.

b) Ionization energy:
Period :
When we move from left to right it does not follow a regular trend but generally increases due to increase in atomic number.

Group :
In a group from top to bottom, the ionization energy decreases due to increase in atomic size. –

c) Electron affinity:
Period :
Electron affinity values increase from left to right in a period.

Group :
Electron affinity values decrease from top to bottom in a group.

d) Electronegativity :
Period :
Electronegativity increases from left to right in a period.

Group :
Electronegativity decreases from top to bottom in a group.

II. Ionization energy order :
a) Na, Al, Cl
b) Li, Be, B
c) C, N, O
d) F, Ne, Na
e) Be, Mg, Ca
Answer:
a) In a period ionisation energy increases so the order is Na < kl < Cl.
b) Beryllium has stable configuration 1s² 2s². So it has more ionisation energy. So the order is Li < B < Be.
c) Nitrogen has half-filled p-orbitals. So it has greater ionisation energy. So the order is C < O < N.
d) Ne is inert gas right to F. Whereas Na is a metal ion in third period. So, the order is Na < F < Ne. e) In a group ionisation energy decreases. So the order is Be > Mg > Ca.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 19.
Name two elements that you would expect to have chemical properties similar to Mg. What is the basis for your choice? (AS2)
Answer:

  • The two elements which have chemical properties similar to Magnesium are Beryllium and Calcium.
  • The basis for my expectation is that they belong to same group as we know elements belonging to same group have similar properties.

Question 20.
On the basis of atomic numbers predict to which block the elements with atomic number 9, 37, 46 and 64 belong to? (AS2)
Answer:

  1. The element with atomic number 9 belongs to p-block.
  2. The element with atomic number 37 belongs to s-block.
  3. The element with atomic number 46 belongs to d-block.
  4. The element with atomic number 64 belongs to f-block.

Question 21.
Using the periodic table, predict the formula of compound formed between and element X of group 13 and another element Y of group 16. (AS2)
Answer:
The valency of 13th group elements is 3.
The valency of 16th group elements is 2.
The formula of compound is X2Y3.

Question 22.
An element X belongs to 3rd period and group 2 of the periodic table. State (AS2)
a) The no. of valence electrons
b) The valency.
c) Whether it is metal or a non-metal.
Answer:
a) The number of valence electrons are 2.
b) The valency of element is +2.
c) It is a metal.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 23.
An element has atomic number 19. Where would you expect this element in the periodic table and why? (AS2)
Answer:
The clement with atomic number 19 is in 4th period and first group of the periodic table.
Reason :

  1. Electronic configuration : 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s or [Ar]4s¹
  2. The differentiating electron enters into 4th shell. Hence it belongs to 4th period.
  3. The differentiating electron is in ‘s’ orbital. So it belongs to ‘s’ block.
  4. The outermost orbital has only one electron. Hence it belongs to first group.

Question 24.
Aluminium does not react with water at room temperature but reacts with both dil. HCl and NaOH solutions. Verify these statements experimentally. Write your observations with chemical equations. From these observations, can we conclude that Al is a metalloid? (AS3)
Answer:

  • Aluminium reacts with dil. HCl and releases hydrogen gas with formation of Aluminium chloride.
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 11
  • Aluminium reacts with NaOH solution and releases hydrogen gas.
  • AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 12
  • The above two reactions says that Aluminium is amphoteric.
  • Aluminium does not react with water at room temperature.
  • This concludes that the properties of Aluminium are in between a metal and non¬metal. So it behaves like a metalloid.

Question 25.
Collect the information about reactivity of VIIIA group elements (noble gases) from internet or from your school library and prepare a report on their special character when compared to other elements of periodic table. (AS4)
Answer:
Reactivity of Noble gases :

  • The noble gases show extremely low chemical reactivity.
  • He and Ne do not form chemical compounds.
  • Xenon, krypton and argon show only minor reactivity.
  • The reactivity order follows like this : Ne < He < Ar < Kr < Xe < Rn.
  • Xenon can form compounds like XeF2, XeF4 and XeF6, etc.

Reasons for low reactivity :

  • The extremely low reactivity of noble gases is due to stable electronic configuration.
  • But as we move from top to bottom the reactivity increases. So xenon can form some compounds with high electronegative elements.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 26.
Collect information regarding metallic character of elements of IA group and prepare report to support the idea of metallic character increases in a group as we move from top ro bottom. (AS4)
Answer:
Metallic character of IA group elements :

  1. Alkali metals exhibit many of the physical properties common to metals but their densities are lower than those of other metals.
  2. Alkali metals have one electron in their outer shell which is loosely bound.
  3. They have largest atomic radii of the elements in their respective periods.
  4. The lower ionization energies result in their metallic properties and high reactivities.
  5. An alkali metal can easily lose its valence electron to form positive ion.
  6. So they have greater metallic character.
  7. The metallic character increases as we move from top to bottom in group due to addition of another shell, it is easy to lose electron.

Question 27.
How do you appreciate the role of electronic configuration of the atoms of elements in periodic classification? (AS6)
(OR)
How does electronic configuration help in the classification of elements in modern periodic table?
Answer:
The quantity is electronic configuration.

  1. Modern periodic table is based on electronic configuration. So elements are arranged in ascending order of their atomic numbers.
  2. The chemical properties of elements depend on valence electrons. The elements in same group have same number of valence electrons. So the elements belonging to same group have similar properties.
  3. So the construction of modern periodic table mainly depends on electronic configuration.
  4. Thus electronic configuration plays a major role in the preparation of modern periodic table. So its role is thoroughly appreciated.

Question 28.
Without knowing the electronic configurations of the atoms of elements Mendeleeff still could arrange the elements nearly close to the arrangements in the Modern periodic table. How can you appreciate this? (AS6)
Answer:

  • Mendeleeff took consideration about chemical properties while arranging the elements. So the arrangement of elements is close to arrangement of elements in Modern periodic table.
  • For this, he violated his periodic law.
  • He left some gaps for elements, later those elements are discovered.
  • So the efforts of Mendeleeff should be thoroughly appreciated.

Question 29.
Comment on the position of hydrogen in periodic table. (AS7)
Answer:

  • Hydrogen is the element which has easier atomic structure than any other element.
  • Electron configuration of hydrogen is Is1. It has one proton in its is nucleus and one electron in its is orbital.
  • Hydrogen combines with halogens, oxygen and sulphur to form compounds having similar formulae just like alkali metals.
  • Similarly, just like halogens, hydrogen also exists as diatomic molecule and combine with metals and non-metals to form covalent compounds.
  • As alkali metals hydrogen can lose one electron and accept one electron as halogens.
  • So in periodic table, its place may be in IA or VIIA group.
  • But based on electronic configuration of hydrogen, it is placed in IA group.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 30.
How do the positions of elements in the periodic table help you to predict its chemical properties? Explain with an example. (As7)
Answer:
1) The physical and chemical properties of atoms of the elements depend on their electronic configuration, particularly the outer shell configurations.

2) Elements are placed in the periodic table according to the increasing order of their electronic configuration.

3) The elements in a group possess similar electronic configurations. Therefore all the elements in a group should have similar chemical properties.
Ex : Consider K

  • It is the element in 4th period 1st group.
  • Electron configuration : 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹.
  • Differentiating electron enters into s-orbital. Hence it belongs to s-block.
  • It is on the left side of the periodic table. Hence it is a metal.
  • It is ready to lose one electron to get octet configuration. Hence its reactivity is more.
  • It is Alkali metal.
  • All alkali metals react with both acids and bases and releases H2 gas.

Fill In The Blanks

1. Lithium, ……………… and potassium constitute a Dobereiner’s triad.
2. ……………… was the basis of the classifications proposed by Dobereiner, Newlands, and Mendeleeff.
3. Noble gases belong to ……………… group of periodic table.
4. The incomplete period of the modern periodic table is
5. The element at the bottom of a group would be expected to show …………….. metallic character than the element at the top

Answer:

  1. Sodium
  2. Atomic weight
  3. VIIIA or 18 group
  4. 7<sup>th</sup>
  5. higher

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Number of elements present in period – 2 of the long form of periodic table …………
A) 2
B) 8
C) 18
D) 32
Answer:
B) 8

2. Nitrogen (Z = 7) is the element of group V of the periodic table. Which of the following is the atomic number of the next element in the group?
A) 9
B) 14
C) 15
D) 17
Answer:
C) 15

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

3. Electronic configuration of an atom is 2, 8, 7. To which of the following elements would it be chemically similar?
A) Nitrogen (Z = 7)
B) Fluorine (Z = 9)
C) Phosphorous (Z – 15)
D) Argon (Z = 18)
Answer:
B) Fluorine (Z = 9)

4. Which of the following is the most active metal?
A) lithium
B) sodium
C) potassium
D) rubidium
Answer:
D) rubidium

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Classification of Elements-The Periodic Table InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 129

Question 1.
Can you establish the same relationship with the set of elements given in the remaining rows?
Answer:
Yes, we can establish the approximately same relationship between other elements given in the table.

Question 2.
Find average atomic weights of the first and third elements in each row and compare it with the atomic weight of the middle element. What do you observe?
Answer:
The atomic weight of middle element is arithmetic mean coverage of first and third elements.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 135

Question 3.
What is atomic number?
Answer:
The number of positive charges (protons) in the atom of element is the atomic number of element.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 142

Question 4.
How does the valency vary in a period on going from left to right?
Answer:
It does not follow a regular trend when we move from left to right in a period. First, it increases and then decreases and finally ‘O’ for inert gases.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 5.
How does the valency vary on going down a group?
Answer:
The valency is constant when we move from top to bottom in a group because the number of valence electrons are same for same group elements.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 144

Question 6.
Do the atom of an element and its ion have same size?
Answer:
No, the positive ion has smaller size than neutral atom whereas negative ion has greater size than neutral atom.

Question 7.
Which one between Na and Na+ would have more size? Why?
Answer:

  • The atomic number of Sodium is 1 and it has 11 protons and 11 electrons with outer electron as 3s¹ whereas Na+ ion has 11 protons but only 10 electrons.
  • The 3s shell of Na+ has no electron in it.
  • So the outer shell configuration is 2s²2p6.
  • As proton number is more than electrons, the nucleus of Na+ ion attracts outer shell electrons with strong nuclear force.
  • As a result the Na+ ion shrinks in size.
  • Therefore, the size of Na+ ion is less than Na atom.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 8.
Which one between Cl and Cl would have more size? Why?
Answer:

  • The electronic configuration of chlorine (Cl) atom is 1s2 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5 and the electronic configuration of chloride (Cl) ion is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6.
  • Both chlorine and chloride ions have 17 protons each but there are 17 electrons in chlorine atom, whereas 18 electrons in chloride ion.
  • Therefore, the nuclear attraction is less in Cl ion when compared with chlorine atom.
  • Therefore the size of the chlorine (Cl) atom is less size than chloride of Cl ion.

Question 9.
Which one in each of the following pairs is larger in size? Why?
a) Na, Al
b) Na, Mg+2
c) S2-, Cl
d) Fe2+, Fe3+
e) C4-, F.
Answer:
a) Na has larger size because Sodium and Aluminium are third period elements in which Na is left to Al. As we move from left to right in a period atomic size decreases.

b) Mg2+ has smaller size because Mg2+ has 10 electrons and 12 protons whereas Na has 11 electrons and 11 protons. So the distance between nucleus and outermost orbital is less in Mg2+ due to greater nuclear attraction.

c) S2- has, larger size because S2- has 18 electrons and 16 protons and Cl has 18 electrons and 17 protons. So nuclear attraction over outermost orbital is more in Cl when compared with S2-. So S2- has larger size.

d) In Fe2+ it has 26 protons and 24 electrons whereas for Fe3+ it has 26 protons and 23 electrons. So nuclear attraction over outermost orbital is more in Fe3+. So Fe3+ has smaller size (or) Fe2+ has larger size.

e) C4- has 6 protons and 10 electrons whereas F has 9 protons and 10 electrons. So nuclear attraction is less in C4-. So size of C4- is more than F.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 129

Question 10.
What relation about elements did Dobereiner want to establish?
Answer:
Dobereiner wanted to give a relationship between the properties of elements and their atomic weights.

Question 11.
The densities of calcium (Ca) and barium (Ba) are 1.55 and 3.51 gem-3 respectively. Based on Dobereiner’s law of triads can you give the approximate density of strontium (Sr)?
Answer:
Molecular weight is directly proportional to density.

So density of strontium is mean of calcium and barium according to Dobereiner.
∴ Density of strontium = \(\frac{1.55+3.51}{2}\) = 2.53.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 130

Question 12.
Do you know why Newlands proposed the law of octaves? Explain your answer in terms of the modern structure of the atom.
Answer:

  • John Newlands found that when elements were arranged in the ascending order of their atomic weights, they appeared to fall into seven groups.
  • Each group contained elements with similar properties.
  • If we start with hydrogen and move down, the next eighth element is fluorine, and then next eighth element is chlorine and the properties of these elements are similar.
  • Similarly, if we start from Lithium their eighth element is Sodium and next eighth element is potassium. These show similar properties.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 13.
Do you think that Newlands’ law of octaves is correct? Justify.
Answer:
No, there are some limitations of Newlands’ model:

  • There are instances of two elements fitted into the same slot. Eg : Cobalt and Nickel.
  • Certain elements, totally dissimilar in their properties, were fitted into the same group.
  • Law of octaves holds good only for the elements up to Calcium.
  • Newlands’ periodic table was restricted to only 56 elements and did not leave any room for new elements.
  • Newlands had taken consideration about active pattern sometimes without caring the similarities.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 134

Question 14.
Why did Mendeleeff have to leave certain blank spaces in his periodic table? What is your explanation for this?
Answer:
1) Mendeleeff predicted that some elements which have similar properties with the elements in a group are missing at that time.
2) So he kept some blanks in the periodic table by writing ’eka’ to the name of the element immediately above the empty space.
3) Later these elements are discovered and they are fitted into those empty spaces.

Question 15.
What is your understanding about Ea2O3, EsO2?
Answer:

  • Mendeleeff predicted that after aluminium there was another element namely eka- aluminium (Ea) and after silicon, there was another element namely eka-silicon (Es).
  • He also gave the formulae of those oxides as Ea203 and Es02.
  • Later those elements are discovered namely gallium and germanium and Ea2O3 and EsO2 as Ga2O3 and GeO2.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 135

Question 16.
All alkali metals are solids but hydrogen is a gas with diatomic molecules. Do you justify the inclusion of hydrogen in first group with alkali metals?
Answer:
No, hydrogen shows the properties of both alkali metals and halogens. Still the position of hydrogen has some questions. So it was kept just above alkali metals in first group.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 141

Question 17.
Why are lanthanoids and actinoids placed separately at the bottom of the periodic table?
Answer:
The properties of these elements do not coincide with other elements because the valence electron enters 4f and 5f orbitals respectively. So they are placed separately at the bottom of the periodic table.

Question 18.
If lanthanoids and actinoids are inserted within the table, imagine how the table would be?
Answer:
It looks very big in size, and it is difficult to identify, as these elements have similar properties.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 145

Question 19.
Second ionization energy of an element is higher than its first ionization energy. Why?
Answer:

  • The energy required to remove an electron from unipositive ion is called second ionisation energy.
  • It is difficult to remove an electron from unipositive ion when compared with neutral atom due to an increase in nuclear attraction.
  • So always second ionisation energy is higher than first ionisation energy.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 146

Question 20.
The calculated electron gain enthalpy values for alkaline earth metals and noble gases are positive. How can you explain this?
Answer:

  • Generally alkaline earth metals having one, two or three valence electrons prefer to lose electrons in order to get inert gas configuration. So it is difficult to add electron to alkaline earth metals. So they have positive electron gain enthalpy values.
  • Noble gases are stable. So they do not prefer to take electrons. So they have positive electron gain enthalpy.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 21.
The second period element, for example, ‘F’ has less electron gain enthalpy than the third period element of the same group for example ‘Cl’. Why?
Answer:

  • Electron gain enthalpy values decrease in a group as we go down and increase from left to right along a period.
  • But the size of Fluorine is small compared chlorine.
  • So it is difficult to add electron to fluorine.
  • So fluorine has less electron gain enthalpy.

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Observe the following table. Establish the relationship of other elements given in the table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 13
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 14

Activity – 2

Question 2.
Some main group elements of s-block and p-block have family names as given in the following table.
Observe the long form of a periodic table and complete the table with proper information.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 15
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 16

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Collect valencies of first 20 elements.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 17

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 5th Lesson Coordination

10th Class Biology 5th Lesson Coordination 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
“Plants respond to stimuli.” During a project work on it, from which plants do you collect information and record it?
Answer:
a) Mimosa Pudica (Touch me not plant) b) Sunflower c) Cucumber d) Bittergourd

Question 2.
Write two points about insulin from the information you collected from internet. (OR)
Write two sentences about insulin hormone using the data collected from your school library.
Answer:

  1. Insulin is secreted by islets of longerhans of pancreas gland.
  2. Deficiency of insulin results in diabetis mellitus.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 3.
You have performed the activity of Seed Germination in a glass jar in your school lab. You might have observed the growth of shoot and root. What information did you record regarding the shoot growth after a week if the glass jar is tilted and plant kept horizontally.
Answer:

  1. More auxins collects on light falling side of the stem.
  2. Cells on that side grow faster and make the stem bends towards light due to phototropism.

Question 4.
Write the functions of Spinal-cord from the information collected from your school library and from internet.
Answer:

  1. Carries the information to the brain from the lower parts of the body.
  2. It carries the information from brain to body parts.
  3. It plays a key role in the reflex actions.
  4. It acts as relay centre.

Question 5.
Where do we find Cerebro-spinal fluid? Mention one of its functions.
Answer:
The space between the inner layers of brain is filled with fluid called cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). It serves as a shock-absorbing medium and protects the brain against shocks, jerks along with the meninges and cranium.

Question 6.
Mention at least one activity done at school to show involuntary reflexes.
Answer:
Knee-jerk.

Question 7.
Write the name of the nerve given in the following diagram and write its function.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 1Answer:
The given diagram is the sensory Neuron. They are also called Afferent nerves.
Function: They carry messages towards central nervous system (Brain or spinal cord) from nerve endings on the muscles of different sense organs, that sense the change in surroundings.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 8.
Identify the given part in the diagram and write its use.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 2Answer:
i) Synapse.
ii) It is a functional region of contact between two neurons where infromation from one neuron is transmitted to another neuron.

Question 9.
Name the part of the brain that maintains the equilibrium.
Answer:
The part of the brain that maintains the equilibrium is cerebellum.

Question 10.
Who discovered the first plant hormone auxin?
Answer:
The first plant hormone auxin was discovered by F.W. Went.

Question 11.
What was the belief of Greeks?
Answer:
The Greeks believed that all functions of the body were controlled by the brain, since damage to that organ produced remarkable changes in behaviour.

Question 12.
How many types of nerves are present in human body? What are they?
Answer:
Nerves are classified mainly into three types.

  1. Afferent neurons
  2. Efferent neurons
  3. Association neurons.

Question 13.
What are Afferent neurons?
Answer:
Afferent neurons: Nerves which carry messages towards the central nervous system (Spinal cord or brain) from sense organs are called afferent neurons. These are also called sensory nerves.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 14.
What are efferent neurons or nerves?
Answer:
Efferent neurons: Nerves which carry messages from the central nervous system to parts that shall carry out the response are called efferent neurons. They are also called as motor nerves.

Question 15.
What are association nerves?
Answer:
The nerves, which link together the afferent and efferent nerves are called association nerves.

Question 16.
What is stimulus?
Answer:
Stimulus is a thing or event that causes a specific functional reaction in an organ or tissue.

Question 17.
What is response?
Answer:
Response is a effect of a change in the environment of the organism or signals of change or stimuli.

Question 18.
What does rapidity of response indicate?
Answer:
Rapidity of response indicates an efficient communication system linking those parts that pick up stimuli to those that trigger a response.

Question 19.
How are responses bring about?
Answer:
Responses are brought about by rapid changes in some muscle.

Question 20.
According to Galen a Greek physiologist how many kinds of nerves are present in body?
Answer:
According to Galen, nerves are of two kinds. They are 1) for sensation and 2) for action.

Question 21.
What are the major parts of neuron?
Answer:
The major parts of neuron are cell body or cyton, dendrites and axon.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 22.
What are the two types of projections that extend from cell body?
Answer:
The two types of projections that extend from cell body are dendrites and axon.

Question 23.
What is synapse?
Answer:
Synapse is the functional region of contact between two neurons.

Question 24.
Synapses are mainly found in?
Answer:
Synapses are mainly found in the brain, spinal cord and around the spinal cord.

Question 25.
What are reflexes?
Answer:
The responses to a stimulus on which we do not have control are called reflexes or reflex action.

Question 26.
What is the importance of reflex action?
Answer:
Reflex action save us from painful or dangerous stimuli.

Question 27.
How many types does the nervous system is divided?
Answer:
Nervous system is divided into two types. They are central nervous system and peripheral nervous system.

Question 28.
What are the parts of central nervous system?
Answer:
The parts of the central nervous system are brain and spinal cord.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 29.
What are the three major divisions in brain?
Answer:

  1. Forebrain
  2. Mid brain and
  3. Hind brain.

Question 30.
What are the parts present in fore brain?
Answer:
The parts present in fore brain are cerebrum and diencephalon.

Question 31.
What are cranial nerves? How many cranial nerves are present?
Answer:
Nerves originate from brain are called cranial nerves. 12 pairs of cranial nerves arise from brain.

Question 32.
How many pairs of spinal nerves are present?
Answer:
31 pairs of spinal nerves are present.

Question 33.
Which is called peripheral nervous system?
Answer:
Peripheral nervous system consists of nerves arising from the brain and spinal cord. 12 pairs of cranial nerves from brain and 31 pairs of spiral nerves from spinal card together called peripheral nervous system.

Question 34.
What is autonomous nervous system?
Answer:
The peripheral nervous system that controls the involuntary actions of the body is called autonomous nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 35.
What are the systems involved in control and coordination in animals?
Answer:
The systems involved in control and coordination in animals are nervous system and endocrine system.

Question 36.
The hormone insulin is secreted by?
Answer:
The hormone insulin is secreted by Islets of Langerhans of pancreas gland.

Question 37.
Give examples for endocrine glands.
Answer:
The examples for endocrine glands are pituitary gland, thyroid gland, parathyroid, adrenal, hypothalamus, pancreas, thymus, testes and ovaries.

Question 38.
The nervous system that regulates heart beat, breathing, etc., is?
Answer:
The nervous system that regulates heart beat, breathing etc., is autonomous nervous system.

Question 39.
What is thigmotropism?
Answer:
The directional growth movement of a plant part in response to the touch of an object is called thigmotropism.

Question 40.
Name the receptors of taste and smell.
Answer:
The receptor of taste is gustatory receptor and that of smell is olfactory receptor.

Question 41.
What is reflex action? Give examples.
Answer:
Reflex action is a quick involuntary response to a stimulus by an effector.
e.g: Withdrawing our hand from hot object, blinking of eyelids when a moving object approaches eye.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 42.
What is the difference between a reflex action and walking?
Answer:
Reflex action is an involuntary action whereas walking is a voluntary action.

Question 43.
Which part of the brain maintains posture and equilibrium of the body?
Answer:
The part of the brain that maintains posture and equilibrium of the body is cerebellum.

Question 44.
How do we detect the smell of agarbathi or incense stick?
Answer:
We detect the smell of agarbathi or incense stick when the olfactory receptors in the nose detect smell by sending nerve impulses to the olfactory centre of the brain.

Question 45.
What is target tissue?
Answer:
Tissues or organs on which hormones act are called target tissues or organs.

Question 46.
What are the main cells of the nervous system?
Answer:
The main cells of the nervous system are the neurons. Besides the neurons the nervous system also consists of glial cells.

Question 47.
What is phototropism?
Answer:
The movement of a plant part in response to light is called phototropism.

Question 48.
What is geotropism?
Answer:
The movement of a plant part in response to gravity is called geotropism.

Question 49.
What is chemotropism?
Answer:
The movement of a plant part in response to chemical stimulus is called chemotropism.

Question 50.
What is hydrotropism?
Answer:
The movement of a plant part in response to water is called hydrotropism.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 51.
How many nerve cells does human nervous system consist of?
Answer:
Human nervous system consists of about 100 billion cells.

Question 52.
What is reflex arc?
Answer:
The structural and functional unit that carries reflex action is called reflex arc.

Question 53.
The three layers covering the brain are called?
Answer:
The three layers covering the brain are meninges.

Question 54.
What are the functions carried out by cerebrum?
Answer:
Cerebrum is a seat of mental abilities, controls thinking, memory, reasoning, perception, emotions and speech.

Question 55.
What are the functions of cerebellum?
Answer:
Cerebellum maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone.

Question 56.
Which parts are present in hind brain?
Answer:
Cerebellum and medulla oblongata are the parts present in hind brain.

Question 57.
What is the function of feedback mechanism?
Answer:
The function of feed back mechanism is to regulate the production and release of hormones in the body.

Question 58.
Thyroxine hormone controls the body’s function like?
Answer:
Thyroxine hormone controls body’s function like general growth rate and a metabolic activity.

Question 59.
What are voluntary actions? Give examples.
Answer:
The movements under the control of the conscious mind are called voluntary actions. Example : Kicking foot ball, lifting bucket of water, reading book, running, walking, playing, eating, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 60.
What are involuntary actions? Give examples.
Answer:
The movements which are not under the control of the conscious mind are called involuntary actions. Example : Respiration, circulation, digestion.

Question 61.
What is nerve impulse?
Answer:
The information passing through a neuron in the form of electrical and chemical signals is called nerve impulse.

Question 62.
What are phytohormones?
Answer:
The hormones present in the plants are called phytohormones.

Question 63.
The phytohormone Abscisic acid is responsible for?
Answer:
Closing of stomata and seed dormancy are caused by the phytohormone Abscisicacid.

Question 64.
What are the functions of auxins?
Answer:
Auxins are responsible for cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots.

Question 65.
What is the speed of nerve transmission?
Answer:
Nerve transmission from stimulus to a response can occur at a maximum speed of about 100 meters per second.

Question 66.
What is vasomotor?
Answer:
Vasomotor refers to actions upon a blood vessel which alter its diameter.

Question 67.
What are dorsal and ventral root ganglion?
Answer:
The dorsal root and ventral root ganglions are the regions very close to the spinal cord in which the nerve cell bodies lie. Dorsal root ganglion is present on the dorsal side of spinal cord and ventral root ganglion is present on the ventral side of the spinalcord.

Question 68.
What is the function of dorsal root ganglion?
Answer:
The dorsal root ganglion carries messages of sensation toward brain or spinal cord.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 69.
What is the function of ventral root ganglion?
Answer:
The ventral root ganglion carry the instructions from the brain or spinal card to muscles.

10th Class Biology 5th Lesson Coordination 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What questions will you ask a doctor to know about endocrine glands?
Answer:

  1. Which glands are known as endocrine glands?
  2. Where can we find endocrine glands in our body?
  3. What do you call chemical substances secreted by Endocrine glands?
  4. Which endocrine gland is attached to the brain?
  5. What are the functions of endrocrine glands?
  6. What will happen if endocrine glands are absent?

Question 2.
How do you feel when you realize that plants respond to the stimuli of their surroundings?
Answer:

  1. It is very interesting and amazing to observe trophic and nastic movements of plants in our surroundings.
  2. For example, the bending of shoots of creepers towards light kept near the window.
  3. The plant roots always grow downwards.
  4. The creepers like cucumber and bittergourds develops tendrils in response to contact or touch.
  5. Butterflies fluttering around the flowers for nectar.

Question 3.
What will happen if a plant is placed near the window of your classroom? What is this process called?
Answer:

  1. The plant bends towards the sun light and grow.
  2. This process is called phototropism.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 4.
How do you appreciate the role of Spinal-cord in reflex actions?
Answer:

  1. Spinal cord responds very fast and immediate.
  2. The nerve impulses are transmitted very fast at the speed of 100 m/min.
  3. So that we are protected from many dangerous situations.
  4. So I really appreciate and amazing reflex actions of the spinal cord.

Question 5.
Read the following table:

Name of the Gland Location Hormone secreted Function
Thyroid Neck Thyroxine General growth rate and Metabolic activity
Ovary Abdomen Estrogen Growth of uterus and Control of menstrual cycle
Testis Scrotal sac Testosterone Growth of beard, mustache and development of male sex organs.
Adrenal Kidney Adrenalin Increase in heart beat, rise in blood sugar.

Answer the following questions:
i) Which hormone is released at the time of emotions?
Answer:
Adrenaline

ii) Name the hormone responsible for the development of Secondary sexual characters.
Answer:
Estrogen, Testosteron.

Question 6.
Ram met with an accident. After that he lost the capacity to walk in straight manner and cannot smell anything. Which part of the brain got damaged in the above cases?
Answer:

  1. The forebrain and hind brain of Ram might have been damaged.
  2. The olfactory lobes of the forebrain are concerned with sense of smell. Here, Ram lost the sense of smell anything. Hence the olfactory lobes of forebrain got damaged.
  3. The cerebellum of hind brain maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone.
  4. After accident, Ram lost the capacity to walk in a straight manner and hence, I predict that cerebellum of Ram also got damaged.

Question 7.
What questions will you ask a doctor to know about pancreatic gland?
Answer:

  1. Where is pancreas located?
  2. Why is it called a mixed gland?
  3. What is the role of pancreas as an endocrine gland?
  4. Name the disorders occur to pancreas.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 8.
What is the role of Adrenalin in controlling emotions?
Answer:
Adrenalin increases rate of heart beat, causes rise in blood sugar, dilation of coronary artery and dilation of pupil of the eye.

Question 9.
What is the significance of the adrenal gland in the human body?
Answer:
Adrenal gland secrets adrenaline. It helps in

  1. Increase heart beat rate
  2. Rise in blood sugar
  3. Dilation of the coronary artery
  4. Dilation of pupil of the eye.

Question 10.
Write the difference between hormone and enzyme.
Answer:

Hormone Enzyme
1. These are secreted by ductless glands. 1. These are secreted by duct glands.
2. These are travel through blood. 2. These are travel through the ducts.
3. Less in quantity. 3. More in quantity.
4. Reaction is slow. 4. Reaction is fast.
5. Involved in metabolic activities 5. Involve in digestion.
6. Ex: Insulin 6. Ex: Lipase

Question 11.
Observe the following table and answer the questions.

Hormones Uses
Thyroxine Normal growth rate, effect on metabolism
Auxins Cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots

i) Name the phytohormone in the table.
ii) Name the hormone which influences growth rate in humans.
Answer:
i) Auxin
ii) Thyroxine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 12.
What questions you will ask a neurologist on function of brain?
Answer:

  1. How does alcohol cosumption affect the brain?
  2. Which part of brain is responsible for creativity?
  3. How do we get fits ? 4) How do we get paralysis?
  4. What kind of food should we take to increase?

Question 13.
Label a, b, c, d in the diagram given below and write their functions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 3Answer:
a) Sensory Neuron/-Afferent Neuron: These carry messages towards the central nervous system.
b) Motor Neuron /- Efferent Neuron: These carry messages from central nervous system to body parts
c) White Matter
d) Effector Muscles: Respond to stimuli.

Question 14.
Prepare a table showing tropic movements in plants in response to stimuli.
Answer:

SI. No. Tropic movement Response to stimuli
1. Phototropism Movement towards light.
2. Geotropism Respond positively for gravitational force.
3. Hydrotropism Roots grow towards presence of water in the soil.
4. Thigmotropism Tendrils and climbing plants grow towards support.

Question 15.
Explain two tropic movements with suitable examples.
Answer:

  1. Phototropism: Response of plant to light cite example is called phototropism.
    Ex: sunflower
  2. Geotropism: Response of a plant to gravitational force Ex: root growth of plant
  3. Hydrotropism: Response of root to water availability in the soil.
    Ex : Plants which are growing very close to rocks and walls.
  4. Thigmotropism: Response to make contact or touch is called Thigmotropism.
  5. Chemotropism: Response to chemical is called chemotropism (Stigma secretes sugary substances)

Question 16.
Write two voluntary functions and two involuntary functions you have observed in your body.
Answer:
a) Examples for voluntary functions:

  1. Cleaning the table
  2. Playing on the keyboard.

b) Examples for involuntary functions :

  1. Salivating when food is kept in the mouth
  2. Closing of eyes when bright light is focussed.

Question 17.
Plants show tropic movements in different situations. Give examples.
Answer:

  1. Movement of individual parts of plants is possible when they are subjected to external stimuli. This type of response is called tropism or tropic movement.
  2. The response of a plant to light is called phototropism. Respond of plants for gravity is called geotropism. Movement of plant towards water is called hydrotropism. The type of response by plants to make contact or touch is called thigmotropism. The response of plants to chemicals is called chemotropism.
  3. Pollen grains respond to this stimulus as pollen tubes grow to reach the ovule for fertilization.

Question 18.
Divide the following into groups. Walking, blinking of eye lids, heart beat, laughing, digestion of food and reading. How do you divide them into groups?
Answer:
These can be divided into voluntary actions, involuntary actions and reflex actions.
Voluntary actions: Walking, laughing, reading
Involuntary actions: Digestion of food, heart beat
Reflex actions: Blinking of eye lids

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 19.
What are ganglia?
Answer:

  1. Ganglia or neural ganglia are the structures located in the peripheral nervous system (for example beside the spinal column or near viscera) made of concentration of neuron bodies.
  2. Examples of neural ganglia are the ganglia that concentrate cell bodies of sensory neurons in the dorsal roots of the spinal cord and the ganglia of the myenteric plexus responsible for the peristaltic movements of the digestive tube.

Question 20.
Write a brief note on the functioning of sympathetic nervous system.
Answer:

  1. This part of the autonomous nervous system increase the activity of an organ as per the need.
  2. For example, during running there is an increased demand for oxygen by the body.
  3. This is fulfilled by an increased breathing rate and increased heart rate.
  4. The sympathetic nervous system works to increase the breathing rate and the heart rate.

Question 21.
Explain briefly about the action of parasympathetic nervous system.
Answer:

  1. This part of the autonomous nervous system decrease the activity of an organ and it has calming effect.
  2. During sleep, the breathing rate and also the heart rate slows down.
  3. This is facilitated by the parasympathetic nervous system.
  4. It can be said that the parasympathetic nervous system helps in conservation of energy.

Question 22.
Why are some patients of diabetes treated by giving injections of insulin?
Answer:

  1. Insulin is produced by Islets of Langerhans of pancreas.
  2. Insulin regulates the level of glucose in the blood.
  3. Deficiency of insulin results in disease called ‘diabetes’.
  4. Such diabetic patients are given injections of insulin so that the sugar or glucose level in the blood can be controlled.
  5. Insulin is now produced in large quantities for the treatment of human sufferers from ‘sugar diabetes’.

Question 23.
What is chemotropism? Explain it with suitable example.
Answer:

  1. Response of a plant towards chemicals is known as chemotropism.
  2. If we taste the carpel of a flower, it is sweet.
  3. Butterflies flutter on flowers for nectar.
  4. Ripen stigma secretes sugary substance.
  5. This chemical substance stimulates the pollen grain which falls on the stigma.
  6. Pollen grains respond to this stimulus as pollen tubes grow to reach the ovule for fertilization.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 24.
What are plant growth substances? Give examples.
Answer:

  1. Plant growth substances are the chemical (organic) substances which are produced in plants and act at minute concentration on growth and other phisiological functions of plants.
  2. There are five major types of plant growth substances. They are auxins, Gibberellins, cytokinins, Ethylene and Abscisic Acid.

Question 25.
What is ethylene? Explain its action.
Answer:

  1. Ethylene is a gaseous growth inhibiting substance.
  2. Ethylene causes ripening of the fruits.
  3. It modifies the growth of the plant by inhibiting stem elongation.
  4. It accelerates abscission of leaves, flowers and fruits.

Question 26.
What is Apical dominance?
Answer:

  1. In some plants main stem grows by the activity of terminal bud without giving any branches.
  2. It means the activity of lateral buds is suppressed and this phenomenon of suppression of the growth of lateral buds by terminal bud is called Apical dominance.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 27.
What happens at the synapse between two neurons?
Answer:
At synapse, in between the end of one axon and end of another dendrite electrical impulse sets off the release of some chemicals (neurotransmitter). These chemicals cross the gap or synapse and reach to dendrites of the next neuron and start electrical impulse there.

10th Class Biology 5th Lesson Coordination 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 4i) This diagram belongs to which system of the body?
Answer:
Human nervous system

ii) Name the parts A and B.
Answer:
A. Cerebellum
B. Medulla oblongata

iii) The part ‘C is endocrinal gland. This is called master gland. What is the name of this gland?
Answer:
Pituitary gland

iv) Which part in this diagram is useful to solve problems and puzzles?
Answer:
Cerebrum

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 2.
Name the important parts of the brain and write the functions of fore-brain.
(OR)
Write in a tabular form the different parts of human brain and their functions.
Answer:

  1. Brain has the following divisions.
    1. Fore brain – Cerebrum, diencephalon
    2. Mid brain – Optic lobes.
    3. Hind brain – Cerebellum, medulla.
  2. Functions of the various parts of the brain.
    Parts of the brain Functions
    Cerebrum i)    Seat of mental abilities, controls thinking memory, reasoning, perception, emotions and speech.
    ii)    Interprets sensations and responds to cold, heat, pain and pressure.
    Diencephalon i)     Relay centre for sensory impulses, such as pain, temperature and light.
    ii)    Reflex centre for muscular activities.
    iii)     Centre for certain emotions such as anger.
    iv)     Centre for water balance, blood pressure, body temperature, sleep and hunger.
    v)    The hypothalamus controls the pituitary gland, which functions as the master gland.
    Mid brain i) It relays motor impulses from the cerebral cortex to the spinal cord and relays sensory impulses from the spinal cord to thalamus, reflexes for light and hearing.
    Cerebellum i)     Maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone.
    ii)    Coordinates voluntary movements initiated by cerebrum.
    Medulla oblongata i)     Contains centre for cardiac, respiratory and vasomotor activities.
    ii)    Coordinate reflexes like swallowing, coughing, sneezing and vomiting.

Question 3.
Observe the following diagram. What does it represent? Explain the process in a flow-chart.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 6Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 5

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 4.
Read the following table:

Part of the Brain Functions
a) Olfactory lobes Sense of smell
b) Cerebrum Mental abilities, memory, reasoning, perception, emotion and speech, respond to cold, heat, pain and pressure
c) Diencephalon Controlling emotions, center for water balance, blood pressure, sensory impulses such as pain, temperature and light, sleep and hunger.
d) Cerebellum Maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone, co­ordinates voluntary movements initiated by cerebrum.

Now, identify the part of the brain which participate in the below situations.

a) Ravi is an intelligent boy. He can remember the things for a long time.
Answer:
Cerebrum

b) The drunken man does not walk properly.
Answer:
Cerebellum

c) Identifies the food items without seeing which are being prepared in the kitchen
Answer:
Olfactory Lobes

d) Naveen lost his money purse while coming to the school. But he is not crying.
Answer:
Diencephalon

e) It is time for lunch.
Answer:
Cerebrum

f) I cannot tolerate this type of heat in the summer.
Answer:
Cerebrum

g) Catching the ball perfectly.
Answer:
Cerebellum

h) There may be a drainage behind the house.
Answer:
Olfactory Lobes

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 5.
Look at the picture and answer the questions:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 7a) To which system does the diagram belong ?
Answer:
The diagram belongs to T.S. of Spinal cord (peripheral).

b) What is the name of A, B parts ?
Answer:
A – Dorsal Root,
B – Ventral Root

c) What is ‘C’ ? What is its function ?
Answer:
C – Association neuron
It analyse the information – and send the order (function) through motor neuron to muscle.

d) Through which horn the sensory nerve enters ?
Answer:
Sensory nerve enters through dorsal horn.

Question 6.
Fill the following table related to Endocrine glands.

1. Name of the endocrine gland Location Hormone secreted Response of body to that hormone
2.
3.
4.

Answer:

S.No. Name of endocrine the gland Location Hormone secreted Response of body to that hormone
1. Pituitary Floor of brain Somatotropin Growth of bone.
Gonadotropin Activity of ovary and testis.
2. Thyroid Neck Thyroxine General growth rate and metabolic activity.
3. Ovary Lower abdomen Estrogen Growth of the uterus and skeleton of the pelvis.
4. Testis Scrotal sac Testosterone Growth of male secondary sexual characters.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 7.
Observe the following table and answer the questions.

Division -1 Division – II
Auxins Adrenalin
Gibberellins Testosterone
Ethylene Estrogen
Abscisic Acid Thyroxin
Cytokinins Growth Hormone

a) On what basis the above classification done?
Answer:
Hormones in animals and hormones in plants.

b) From which gland is Adrenalin released?
Answer:
Adrenal gland.

c) Which hormone is responsible for closing of stomata?
Answer:
Abscisic Acid (ABA)

d) What are the functions of Auxins?
Answer:
Cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots.

Question 8.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 7
A) What does the given picture represent?
B) Name the parts A, B and C.
C) What carries the nerve impulse to the spinal cord?
D) Wrhat is the function of association neuron?
Answer:
A) The given picture represents
T.S. of Spinal cord (peripheral).
B) A – Dorsal root B – Ventral root C – Association neuron
C) Through dorsal root the nerve impulse reaches the spinal cord.
D) Association neuron analyses the information and sends the order through motor neuron to muscle.

Question 9.
The following table is about parts of brain and their functions. Read it and fill the blanks.

Part of the brain Functions
Cerebrum
Centre for certain emotions such as anger
Midbrain It relays motor impulses from the cerebral cortex to the spinal cord and relays sensory impulses from the spinal cord to the thalamus, reflexes for sight and hearing.
Maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone.
Medulla oblongata

Answer:

Cerebrum i) Site of mental abilities, controls thinking, memory, reasoning, perception, emotions and speech.

ii) Interprets sensations and responds to cold, heat, pain and pressure.

Diencephalon Centre for certain emotions such as anger.
Midbrain It relays motor impulses from the cerebral cortex to the spinal cord and relays sensory impulses from the spinal cord to the thalamus, reflexes for sight and hearing.
Cerebellum Maintains posture, equilibrium and muscle tone.
Medulla oblongata i) Contains centre for cardiac, respiratory and vasomotor activities.
ii) Coordinates reflexes like swallowing, coughing, sneezing and vomiting.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 10.
Ramya ran away shouting loudly after seeing a snake on the way to school. Arrange the events involved in this situation in the correct order and rewrite it.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 8i) Brain receives the information, analyses and produces the reponse.
ii) Sensory nerves carry the information from sense organs to brain,
iii) Effector muscles exhibit the response.
iv) Sense organs receive the information from the environment.
v) Motor nerves carry the response from the brain to effector muscles.
Answer:
1-d, 2-b, 3 -a, 4-e, 5-c
d) Sense organs receive the information from the environment.
b) Sensory nerves carry the information from sense organs to brain,
a) brain receives the information analyse and produces the response.
e) Motor nerves carry the response from the brain to effector muscles.
c) Effector muscles exhibit the response.

Question 11.
Observe the following information and answer the following questions.

S.No. Hormones Uses
1. Auxins Cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots.
2. Abscisic acid Closing of stomata, seed dormancy
3. Ethylene Ripening of fruit
4. Cytokinins Promote cell division, promote sprouting of lateral buds, delay ageing of fruits.

i) What do we call the hormones that are present in plants?
Answer:
We call phyto hormones which are present in plants.

ii) Name the hormones which are helpful in the growth of the plants.
Answer:
Auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins are helpful in the growth of the plants.

iii) Farmers keep carbide powder in between raw mangoes. What might be the reason? What will be the end result after 3 to 4 days?
Answer:
Carbide release Ethylene, which promotes the fruit ripening. After 3 or 4 days fruits will ripen.

iv) Plants also respond like animals. Do you agree with this statement? Support your answer.
Answer:
Yes, plants also respond like animals. They shut off leaves in summer, germinate in rainy season, blooms according to seasons.

Question 12.
Read the following table and answer the questions given below.

S.No. Name of the gland Location Hormone secreted Response of the body to hormone
1. Pituitary Floor of brain Somatotropin Growth of bone.
Gonadotropin Activity of ovary and testis.
2. Thyroid Neck Thyroxine General growth rate and metabolic activity.
3. Ovary Lower abdomen Estrogen Growth of the uterus and skeleton of the pelvis.
4. Testis Scrotal sac Testosterone Growth of male secondary sexual characters.

i) Write the importance of glands and hormones.
Answer:
Glands and hormones controls and coordinates various functions of the body with nervous system.

ii) Which hormone is responsible for growth of bone?
Somatotropin is responsible for growth of bone.

iii) What happens if testosterone is not secreted?
Secondary sexual characters in male are not developed if testosterone is absent.

iv) Where does the gland that secretes thyroxine is located?
Thyroid gland which secretes thyroxine is located near the neck.

v) Which glands are common in male and female?
Pituitary, thyroid, adrenal glands, parathyroid and pancreas are common in male and female.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 13.
Explain the different types of adaptations in plants with suitable examples.
Answer:

  1. Most plants can aerate their roots bj’ taking in the oxygen through the lenticels or through the surface of their root hairs.
  2. But plants which have their roots in very wet places, such as ponds or marshes, are unable to obtain oxygen.
  3. They are adapted to these water-logged conditions by having much larger air spaces which connect the stems with the roots, making diffusion from the upper parts much more efficient.
  4. The most usual adaptation is to have a hollow stem.
  5. The problem of air transport is more difficult for trees.
  6. An exception is the mangrove tree of the tropics which have aerial roots above the soil surface and takes in oxygen through these roots.

Question 14.
Karthik is suffering from excess sugar in urine and Varun is suffering from repeated dilute urination. What are the reasons for these diseases ? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Excess sugar in urine condition is known as diabetes milletus. (sugar diabetes)
  2. Repeated dilute urination is known as diabetes insipidus, (diuretic condition)
  3. Deficiency of insulin causes high level sugar in the blood and urine. It leads to diabetes milletus (Sugar diabetes).
  4. Vasopressin maintains osmotic concentration of body fluids. Deficiency of vasopressin causes excessive repeated dilute urination it is called as diabetes insipidus.

Question 15.
Analyse the following information and answer the questions.

S.No Organ List-1
Effect of Nervous system
List-2
Effect of Nervous system
1. Eye Dialates pupil Constricts pupil.
2. Mouth Inhibits salivation Stimulates salivation
3. Lungs Relaxes bronchi Constrict bronchi.
4. Heart Accelerates heart beat Heart beat to normally.
5. Blood vessels Increase blood pressure Decrease blood pressure.
6. Pancreas Inhibits Pancreas activity Stimulates Pancreas activity.

i) Write two functions of Sympathetic Nervous System.
ii) Name two organs that are influenced by Parasympathetic Nervous System.
iii) Name the Nervous system mentioned in the table that increases the blood pressure.
iv) What systems constitute Autonomous Nervous System?
Answer:
i) Dilates pupil, inhibits salivation, relaxes branchi, accelerates heart beat, etc.
ii) Eye, heart, pancreas, etc.
iii) Sympathetic nervous system
iv) Sympathetic and para sympathetic nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 16.
Explain the Phytohormones which control growth in plants.
Answer:
Major plant hormones and their action:

Hormones Uses
Auxins Cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots.
Cytokinins Promote cell division, promotion of sprouting of lateral buds, delaying the ageing in leaves, opening of stomata.
Gibberellins Germination of seeds and sprouting of buds; elongation of stems; stimulation of flowering; development of seedless fruits, breaking the dormancy in seeds and buds.
Abscisic acid Closing of stomata; seed dormancy, promoting aging of leaves.
Ethylene Ripening of fruit.

Question 17.
Analyse the table and answer the following questions.

Sl.No. Part of Brain Functions
1. Cerebrum Mental abilities, memory, speech.
2. Diencephalon Sensory impulses, emotional impulses, muscular activities.
3. Midbrain Reflexes of sight and hearing.
4. Cerebellum Equilibrium.
5. Medulla oblongata Respiratory, cardiac centres, blood pressure.

i) Which part of the brain recollects the childhood incidents?
Answer:
Cerebrum.

ii) Write two parts of hind brain.
Answer:
Cerebellum, medulla oblongata.

iii) Name the part of the brain that will not function in drunken person.
Answer:
Cerebellum.

iv) Name the part of the brain that controls involuntary actions.
Answer:
Medulla oblongata.

Question 18.
Write contrasts and comparisons of the style of response in plants and animals to the stimuli.
Answer:

  1. Both plants and animals react to various stimuli around them. But the method of responding to stimuli is not similar in plants and animals. .
  2. Higher animals respond to stimuli because they have a nervous system and an endocrine system.
  3. Plant do not have a well defined nervous or endocrine system. They do have some mechanism of control by means of some chemicals or hormones.
  4. Plants can sense the presence of stimuli like light, heat, water, touch, pressure, chemicals, gravity, etc.
  5. The hormones present in the plants called phytohormones control response towards the stimuli. Phytohormones coordinate the activities of the plant usually by controlling one or the other aspect of the growth of the plant.

Question 19.
Read the below paragraph and write answers.

There is systematic method in showing response to stimuli. There is different stages in it. First stage starts with the response recognising the changes in outside or inside of the body atmosphere with recognising the stimuli. Transmitting the received information is second stage, analysing that information is third stage and showing correct response to that stimuli is the last stage.

a) What does this information shows?
b) Convert the above information into flow chart.
c) Write about the mechanism that conducts this action.
Answer:
a) It shows the systematic method in showing response to stimuli.

b)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 9

c) Nervous system can sense the changes inside and outside the body through specialised cells called Receptors. This information in the form of small electrical currents is sent to brain and analysed and responses are generated in the nervous system. These responses once again in the form of small electrical currents are conveyed to the appropriate organs such as muscles and glands at a greater speed. Nervous system may store this information for future use.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 20.
See the below action. What does it indicate? Explain with an example.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 9Answer:

  1. It indicates the stimulus – response action. This stimulus response can be explained with an example.
  2. Suppose a mosquito is biting you on your arm. Mosquito bite is stimulus.
  3. The receptor in the skin responds and send the information in the form of electrical impulses through sensory nerve to spinal cord or brain.
  4. Brain or spinal cord analyses the information that the mosquito bite is causing pains.
  5. The brain or spinal cord sends the message through motor nerve to the effector organ i.e., hand to kill the mosquito.
  6. As per the message our hand immediately hits the mosquito and kills it.

Question 21.
Rangaiah is not feeling well. The following table is the results of tests. Analyse the table.

Tests Present Status Normal Range
Blood Test
1. Blood Pressure 160/90 120/80
2. Glucose (Fasting) 120 60-100
3. Glucose (Post Lunch) 220 160-180
4. Bilirubin 1.0 0.1 – 0.8
Urine Test
1. 24 hours protein 150 mg 100 mg
2. Sodium 140 125-250

Write answers for the following questions.
i) How can you state that Rangaiah is diabetic?
Answer:
After blood test it was found that level of glucose (Fasting) is 120 whereas the normal range is 60 -100. After lunch the level of glucose in blood of Rangaiah further raised to 220, the normal being between 160 – 180. This shows that Rangaiah is diabetic.

ii) What are the tests to know about Bilirubin?
Answer:
We can know about bilirubin by blood test.

iii) What do you understand from the above report?
Answer:
It shows that Rangaiah is diabetic and his systolic pressure is slightly high. The levels of bilirubin in blood also slightly high, almost normal range. Urine test shows sodium levels are at normal range but 24 hours protein is much higher than normal levels.

iv) What questions do you ask the doctor on the above report?
Answer:

  1. What are symptoms shown by Rangaiah as diabetic patient?
  2. What are the ways to control sugar in the blood?
  3. Which hormone is responsible for raise of glucose in the blood?
  4. How sodium maintains blood pressure at normal levels?
  5. What is the role of bilirubin in digestion?

Question 22.
What is reflex arc? Write the components of reflex arc and their functions.
Answer:

  1. The structural and functional unit that carries out reflex action is called a reflex arc.
  2. It consists of five components.
  3. They are receptor, a sensory nerve, a association neuron, a motor nerve and an effector organ.
    SI. No. Component of reflex arc Functions
    1. Receptor Receives information and generates impulses.
    2. Sensory neuron (Afferent) Carries information from the receptor to the interneurons in the spinal cord.
    3. Interneuron (Association neuron) Processes the information and generates responses
    4. Motor neuron (Efferent) Carries the information from the spinal cord to the effector organ.
    5. Effector organ Receives the information from the efferent neuron and shows the appropriate responses.

Question 23.
What are endocrine glands ? What are their functions?
Answer:
Endocrine glands:

  1. Endocrine glands are the ductless glands.
  2. They secret complex organic substances called hormones directly into the blood.
  3. Hormones are transported through blood to different tissues.
  4. Their secretions act as biochemical messengers in the body.

Functions:

  1. The hormones secreted by these glands play an important role in co-ordinating various organ systems.
  2. Hormones can increase or decrease the metabolism and synthesis of substances like proteins, carbohydrates and lipids.
  3. Irregular functioning of these glands may lead to serious diseases.
  4. The quantity of hormone required is very minimum (1/10,00,000 gram).
  5. A slight increase or decrease may brings out large changes in the target tissue.

Question 24.
How does a nerve impulse travel through the body?
Answer:

  1. The information acquired at the dendritic tip of a nerve cell sets off a chemical reaction that creates an electrical impulse.
  2. This impulse travels from the dendrite to the cell body and then along the axon to its end.
  3. At the end of the axon the electrical impulse sets off the release of some chemicals.
  4. These chemicals cross the gap or synapse and start a similar electrical impulse in a dendrite of the next neuron.
  5. A similar synapse finally allows the delivery of such impulse from neurons to other cells such as muscles or glands.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 25.
How is the brain anatomically divided?
Answer:

  1. The cerebrum is divided into two cerebral hemispheres, the right and left.
  2. Each hemisphere is made of four cerebral lobes. Frontal lobe, parietal lobe, temporal lobe and occipetal lobe.
  3. Each cerebral lobe contains the gray matter and the white matter.
  4. The gray matter is the outer portion and is made of neuron bodies, the gray matter is also known as the cerebral cortex.
  5. The white matter is the inner portion and it is white because it is in the region where axons of the cortical neuron pass.

Question 26.
What are the divisions of the autonomous nervous system?
Answer:

  1. Ganglia near the vertebral column are connected to the spinal cord by nerves.
  2. The two divisions of autonomic nervous system are sympathetic nervous system and parasympathetic nervous system.
  3. The sympathetic nervous system is formed by the chain of ganglia on either sides of the vertebral column and the associated nerves.
  4. The parasympathetic nervous system is formed by the nerves arising from the ganglia of the brain and the posterior part of the spinal cord.
  5. These together constitute the autonomous nervous system which is the part of the peripheral nervous system consisting of twelve pairs of cranial nerves and thirty one pairs of spinal nerves.

Question 27.
What is autonomous nervous system? Explain how it controls voluntary functions with an example.
Answer:

  1. The peripheral nervous system that controls involuntary functions of the body is known as Autonomous nervous system.
  2. It has voluntary control of muscles of some areas of skin and the skeletal muscle.
  3. For example when we enter a dark room we can not see anything immediately. Slowly we are able to see the things around us in the room.
  4. This is because of increase in diameter of pupil, which allows more light in.
  5. When we come out of the dark room into broad day light the diameter of the pupil decreases allowing less light to enter into the eyes.
  6. Both these functions occur under the influence of the autonomous nervous system.

Question 28.
What is the master gland in the human body? What are the functions of the hormones it secretes? (OR)
Why is pituitary gland known as master gland? How does it control all the other glands in the body?
Answer:

  1. Pituitary gland is known as the master gland of the body as it controls the functions of all the other endocrine glands.
  2. It serves as a link between nervous system and endocrine system.
  3. The hormones secreted by pituitary gland and their functions are as follows.
Hormone Response of the body to hormone
a) Somatotrophin Growth of bones
b) Thyrotrophin Activity of thyroid gland
c) Gonadotrophin Activity of ovary and testis
d) Andrenocortico trophic Stimulates secretion from adrenal cortex
e) Luteinising hormone In males – secretion of testosterone; In females – Ovulation, development of Corpus Luteum and secretion of progesterone.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 29.
What are the differences between the manner in which movement takes place in a sensitive plant and the movement of our legs?
Answer:

  1. The stimulus of touch causes the response in a sensitive plant Mimosa pudica.
  2. Droping of the leaves takes place due to change in osmotic pressure at the base of the leaf.
  3. When the stimulus is over, the osmotic pressure increases causing the leaf to become normal.
  4. This is not a growth related movement.
  5. It is not connected with the direction of the stimulus.
  6. Nerve messages in the form of electrical impulse reaches the leg muscles from the brain.
  7. On reaching the leg muscles, the muscles contract causing the movement of the leg.

Question 30.
What is the need for a system of control and coordination of organisms? (OR)
How is control and coordination brought in organisms?
Answer:

  1. The various physiological processes in an organism are closely linked and depen¬dent on each other.
  2. The linking together of body activities in time and space is called coordination.
  3. Without coordination, the activities of the body would be disturbed a lot.
  4. For example when eating food at meal, the position of food is recorded by the eyes and as a result of this information the arms are moved to the right place to pick it up with precision and accuracy.
  5. As the food is raised to the mouth, the latter opens to receive it. Chewing movements commence and saliva is secreted.
  6. At the moment of swallowing, epiglottis closes trachea.

Question 31.
What is the experiment conducted by Charles Darwin and Francis Darwin? What is their conclusion?
Answer:

  1. Charles Darwin and his son Francis Darwin performed some experiments on phototropism.
  2. They covered the terminal portion of the tip of stem (coleoptile) with a cylinder of metal foil.
  3. Exposed the plant to light coming from the side.
  4. The characteristic bending of the seedling did not occur.
  5. If light was permitted to penetrate the cylinder, bending occurred normally.
  6. They concluded that when seedlings are freely exposed to a lateral light some influence is transmitted from upper to the lower part causing the material to bend.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 32.
What are the different types of tropisms found in plants?
Answer:

  1. The different types of tropisms found in plants are phototropism, geotropism, chemotropism, hydrotropism and thigmotropism.
  2. Different stimulus and type of tropism.
    Stimulus Type of tropism
    Light – Phototropism
    Gravity – Geotropism
    Chemical substance – Chemotropism
    Water – Hydrotropism
    Touch – Thigmotropism

Question 33.
Describe the story of invention of insulin. (OR)
Collect the information about insulin from internet and other sources and report on it.
Answer:

  1. In Latin “insula” means an Island.
  2. In 1868 Paul Langerhans of Germany working on the structure of Pancreas found Islets of Langerhans specialised cells richly supplied with blood vessel.
  3. But the function of pancreas remained unknown.
  4. Many others interested in the function of pancreas found that its removal from the body of an experimental animal would lead to the development of disease called ‘sugar diabetes’ (or) diabetes mellitus.
  5. Diabetes is a condition in which the amount of free sugar in the blood and in the urine is abnormally high.
  6. Later scientists found that when they tied the pancreatic duct that emerge from the duodenum caused the degeneration of pancreas but not Islets of Langerhans.
  7. Moreover the animal would not develop diabetes. This was really a strong evidence that the level of blood sugar is linked with the Islet cells.
  8. By 1912 workers were convinced that the Islets produced a secretion which directly liberated into the blood.
  9. Ten years later in Toronto, Banting, Best and Macleod finally succeeded in extracting insulin from degenerate animal pancreas whose ducts to the intestine had been tied.
  10. Insulin is now produced in large quantities for the treatment of human sufferers diabetes, to whom it is administered by injection into the skin.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 34.
Compare and contrast the nervous and hormonal mechanism for control and coor-dination in animals.
Answer:

Nervous system Hormonal system
1) Nervous system has a network of nerves. 1) Hormone system does not have such a network in the body.
2) Nervous impulses pass from the receptors to the central nervous system and then to the effectors, through nerve fibers. 2) Hormone system does not have such a network in the body. Hormones pass from the endocrine glands through blood.
3) Nerve impulses reach only the cells required to respond. 3) Hormones reach all the cells but special cells on the target organs using special molecules on their surfaces recognize the information and act.
4) There is no feedback mechanism in generating electrical impulses. 4) The timing and amount of hormones released are dependent on feedback mechanism.

Question 35.
Write brief notes on Ivan Pavlov’s experiment on dog to demonstrate conditioned reflexes.
Answer:

  1. Conditioned reflexes are not inherited.
  2. Ivan Pavlov, a Russian scientist did experiments on conditioned reflexes. His experiments on dogs have become very famous.
  3. When the dog sees food, it secretes salvia. He rang a bell whenever the dog was given food.
  4. After doing this for few days he noticed that the dog secretes salvia when it hears the bell even if the food is not given.
  5. In otherwords dog associated the sound of the bell with the food and assumes that whenever the bell rings food is given.
  6. In expectation of food, saliva start flowing from its mouth. Human beings are no exception to this.
  7. For example, standing in attention when you hear National Anthem.

Question 36.
Collect information about the major plant hormones from library or internet?
Answer:
Some major plant hormones and their action are given in the following table.
Major plant hormones and their action.

Hormones Uses
Abscisic acid Closing of stomata; seed dormancy.
Auxins Cell elongation and differentiation of shoots and roots.
Cytokinins Promote cell division, promotion of sprouting of lateral buds, delaying the ageing in leaves, opening of stomata.
Ethylene Ripening of fruit.
Gibberellins Germination of seeds and sprouting of buds; elongation of stems; stimulation of flowering; development of fruit, breaking the dormancy in seeds and buds.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 37.
What are auxins? How do they affect plant growth?
Answer:

  1. Auxins are phytohormones which promote longitudinal growth in plants.
  2. The term auxin usually refers to a chemical compound called Jndole Acetic Acid (IAA) which is the principal nature auxine.
  3. IAA promotes growth and elongation of stems, roots and enlargement of many fruits.
  4. Auxins are known to loosen the cellulose frame work of cell wall which helps in cell enlargement.
  5. Auxins promotes cell division in vascular cambium and also root initiation.
  6. Auxins are also responsible for bending of plants in response to light (phototropism) and also to the gravity stimulus (Geotropism).
  7. Auxin is responsible for Apical dominance.
  8. A large number of auxins are synthesized by artificial methods in chemical laboratories.
  9. Substances like Naphthalene Acetic Acid (NAA) and Indole Butyric Acid (IBA) are used for inducing roots in cuttings.
  10. Auxin spray can prevent premature fruit drop .
  11. Auxin is also known to inhibit the abscission of leaves and fruits.

Question 38.
What is the role of Gibberellins in plant growth and development?
Answer:

  1. Gibberellins has a significant effect on stem elongation.
  2. It also increases the leaf lamina area. This is due to stimulation of cell division and cell elongation to both leaves and stem.
  3. It leads to the formation of seedless fruits.
  4. Gibberellins along with auxins promote cell elongation and leaf expansion.
  5. Parthenocarpy is induced in fruits like apple and pear with spray of Gibberellins.
  6. These substances are also known to induce enzymes like amylase, protease, lipase, etc. at the on set of seed germination and break the seed dormancy.
  7. These substances are used for fruit setting and also for growing seed less fruits.
  8. In beverages industry gibberellin is used to stimulate amylase activity in barley seeds. This is known to enhance the malting of barley grains.

Question 39.
What are the functions of cytokinins?
Answer:

  1. Cytokinins are capable of stimulating cell division along with auxins.
  2. They promote cell elongation.
  3. They have ability to delay the pocess of ageing in leaves.
  4. Cytokinins can prolong the life of fresh leaf crops like cabbage, spinach.
  5. They are also used for keeping the flowers fresh.
  6. Cytokinins are most effective in breaking dormancy of buds and seeds.
  7. The levels of cytokinins decrease in senescing leaves.

Question 40.
What is ABA? Explain its function in the plant.
Answer:

  1. ABA means Abscisic acid. It is the plant growth inhibiting substance.
  2. It induces dormancy in buds, tubers and many seeds.
  3. ABA is responsible for the formation of separation layer or abscission layer between main plant and the leaf or between plant and flower or fruit. It results in the falling of leaves, fruits and flowers.
  4. It prevents the water loss during drought conditions by closing the stomata.

Question 41.
Draw a diagram of Reflex area and describe the functions of different parts of Reflex arc.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 CoordinationAP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 10Functions of different parts of Reflex arc : Reflex arc consists of a receptor, a sensory nerve (afferent) an association neuron or inter neuron, motor nerve (effferent) and a effector organ.

S.No. Component of the Reflex arc Function
1. Receptor Receives information and generates impulses.
2. Sensory (Afferent) nerve Carries information from the receptor to the inter neurons in the spinal cord.
3. Inter neurons Processes the information and generates responses
4. Motor (efferent) nerve Carries the information from the spinal cord to the effector organ.
5. Effector organ Receives the information from the efferent neuron and shows the appropriate response.

Question 42.
Write a brief account on peripheral nervous system.
Answer:

  1. The peripheral nervous system consists of nerves that arise from the brain and
    spinal cord; and a vast system of dorsat and ventral root nerve cell heads.
  2. The peripheral nervous system has 43 pairs of nerves.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 11
  3. Of these 12 pairs are called cranial nerves and the rest of 31 pairs are called spinal nerves.
  4. Nerves attached to the spinal cord have two types of connections or roots – One to the back or the dorsal side and other to front or the ventral side of cord.
  5. The peripheral nervous system can either involuntarily control several functions of regions like our internal organs, blood vessels, smooth and cardiac muscles. So it is called autonomous nervous system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 43.
Write briefly about the spinal cord. (OR)
Describe the transverse section of spinal cord with the help of a diagram.
Answer:

  1. Spinal cord is a long and cylindrical structure.
  2. It passess through vertebral column extending all along the dorsal surface of trunk.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 12
  3. In other words, vertebrae of the vertebral column protect the spinal cord from injuries.
  4. In a cross section of the spinal cord, the grey matter appears like butterfly or in the shape of letter ‘H’.
  5. Each segment of the ‘H’ shaped grey matter is called a horn.
  6. The upper horns are called dorsal horns, and the lower horns are called ventral horns.
  7. In the middle of the grey matter is a canal called spinal canal.
  8. It runs all along the length of spinal cord and is filled with cerebrospinal fluid.
  9. From the sides of spinal cord, 31 pairs of nerves take their origin and supply branches to various parts of the body.

Question 44.
Describe an experiment to demonstrate hydrotropism. (OR)
The roots of a plant move or grow towards water in the soil. How do you prove this with the help of an experiment ?
Answer:
Aim: To prove that roots grow towards water.
Apparatus or materials: Two glass troughs, soil, two similar plants, clay pot, water.

Procedure:

  1. Take two glass troughs A and B,
  2. Fill each one of them with two thirds of soil,
  3. Plant a tiny seedling in trough A.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 13
  4. In trough B, plant a similar seedling and place a small clay pot inside the soil.
  5. Water the soil in the trough A daily and uniformly.
  6. Do not water the soil in trough B, but put some water in the clay placed in the soil.
  7. Leave both the troughs for a few days.

Observation: On examining the roots later, it will be found that the root in the trough B has bent towards the source of water. Roots in trough A grew normally straight. Result: The growth of roots towards water is known as hydrotropism. In this experiment roots bent towards water. By this experiment it was proved that roots always grow towards water.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 45.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 14i) To which organs of the body do the nerves go from the ganglions near the vertebral column ?
Answer:
Eyes, salivary glands, heart, lungs, liver, stomach, gall bladder, intestine, adrenal gland, sex organs are the body parts, the nerves go from the ganglions near the vertebral column.

ii) Which are the organs that receives nerves starting from the brain ?
Answer:
Nose, eye, tongue, ear, head, neck and shoulder receive nerves from the brain.

iii) Which are the organs whose activities are influenced by the sympathetic nervous system?
Answer:
Eyes, lungs, kidneys, gastro intestinal tract, heart, stomach, sweat glands, sex organs, adrenal gland, salivary glands.

iv) Which tire the organs whose activities are influenced by the parasympathetic nervous system ?
Answer:
Eye, lungs, kidneys, gastro intestinal tract, heart, stomach, sweat glands, sex organs, adrenal gland, salivary glands.

v) What do you understand about the functions of parasympathetic nervous system ?
Answer:

  1. The major functions of parasympathetic nervous system is to keep the body in its normal state and it is called as rest and digestive system or feed or breed system.
  2. The function of parasympathetic nervous system is to restore the body to its nor¬mal functioning after all the stress is gone.
  3. The parasympathetic nervous system helps the body to do simple things such as breathing regularly, excreting hormones, eating and digesting food.
  4. It also keeps a person alive when sleeping.

vi) What do you understand about the functions of sympathetic nervous system ?
Answer:

  1. The major functions of the sympathetic nervous system is to activate the response of the body during stressful situation including the fight or flight mechanism of the body.
  2. Sympathetic nervous system is essentially responsible for helping the body to get ready for action or feeling.
  3. It dilates the pupil so one can see better especially in the dark, it increases heart rate so that to increase supply of oxygen to the muscles, decreases digestion so that the energy be better utilized for fighting and so on.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 46.
Describe the structure of brain with the help of a neat diagram.
Answer:

  1. Proportionate to the body size, the human brain is the largest of all animals.
  2. The brain is present in the hard bony box like structure called cranium.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 15
  3. It is covered by three layers called the meninges. The meninges are continued and cover the spinal cord as well.
  4. The space between the inner layers is filled with fluid called cerebro – spinal fluid.
  5. It serves as a shock – absorbing medium and protects the brain against shocks / jerks along with meninges and cranium.
  6. The nerve cell bodies together with capillaries form a mass called grey matter while the myelinated axons form white matter.
  7. The grey matter is in the outer layers while the white matter is present towards inner layers.

Question 47.
Describe the structure of cerebrum.
Answer:

  1. Fore brain is the largest part of the brain. It is also called CEREBRUM.
  2. A deep groove in the middle of the cerebrum divides into two equal halves.
  3. Each calf is called as a cerebral hemisphere.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 16
  4. Right and left cerebral hemispheres are connected each other by a bundle of axon.
  5. The outer portion of the cerebral hemisphere is gray in colour and is called CEREBRAL CORTEX.
  6. There are several ridges called GYRI and the grooves are called SULCI.
  7. They increase the surface area of the cortex in order to accumulate more number of neurons.
  8. In the cerebral cortex, there are centres to receive and analyse various informations like visual (sight), auditory (hearing), olfactory (smell), etc.
  9. Three very deep grooves present across each cerebral hemisphere divides it into four lobes. FRONTAL, PARIETAL, TEMPORAL, and OCCIPITAL LOBES.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 48.
Write a brief account of Adrenal glands.
Answer:
There are two adrenal glands one on the top of each kidney. Adrenal gland has 2 parts.

  1. Cortex – outer part
  2. Medulla – Inner part

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 17

i) Adrenal cortex: Adrenal cortex secretes two hormones i) cortisol and ii) Aldosterone
a) Cortisol regulates the protein, fat and carbohydrate metabolism.
b) Aldosterone increases the re-absorption of water and sodium in the kidney. It regulates the sodium levels in the body.

ii) Adrenal medulla: It secretes a hormone called Adrenaline at times of physical and mental stress. It is secreted in conditions like:

  1. fall in blood sugar levels
  2. When the person is injured.
  3. When exposed to cold conditions
  4. Suffering from pain

The hormone helps in facing such as situation. Therefore it is called the hormone of FIGHT or FLIGHT.

Question 49.
What is feedback mechanism? Illustrate with an example.
Answer:

  1. It is necessary that the hormones are secreted by the endocrine glands in our body in precise quantities which are required for the normal functioning of the body.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 18
  2. This means there should be some mechanism to regulate the production and release of hormones in the body.
  3. For example, anger is always short lived factor and adrenalin is the hormone responsible for anger.
  4. When the levels of adrenalin in the blood came down slowly, we come to normal state.
  5. When we are afraid the rate of heart-beat increases, the breathe rate will be faster, blood pressure increases.
  6. After sometime we come to normal state only when we reach a safe spot.
  7. The timings and amount of hormones released by endocrine gland is controlled by the feed back mechanism, which is in build in our body.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

Question 50.
Write short note on simple goitre. (OR)
What happens if we do not take sufficient amounts of iodine in food? (OR)
Why are people advised to take iodised salt in the food they eat?
Answer:

  1. Iodine is required for the synthesis of thyroxine in the body.
  2. If there is a reduced intake of iodine in food, it hinders the formation of thyroxine and results in increase the size of the thyroid gland.
  3. This results in the enlargement of neck. This condition is called simple goitre.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination 19

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Coordination

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 8th Lesson Structure of Atom

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
What information does the electronic configuration of an atom provide? (AS1)
Answer:

  • The distribution of electrons in shells, sub-shells and orbital in an atom is known as electronic configuration.
  • It provides the information of position of an electron in the space of atom.
  • The distribution of electrons in various atomic orbitals provides an understanding of the electronic behaviour of the atom and in turn its reactivity.
  • The short hand notation is as shown below.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 1

Question 2.
a) How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a principal energy shell?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a principal energy shell is 2n². Here n is principal quantum number.

b) How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a sub-shell?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a sub-shell is 2(2l +1) (where l is orbital quantum number).

c) How many maximum number of electrons can that be accommodated in an orbital?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in an orbital is 2.

d) How many sub-shells are present in a principal energy shell?
Answer:
The number of sub-shells in a principal energy shell is n (n is principal quantum number).

e) How many spin orientations are possible for an electron in an orbital?
Answeer:
The spin orientations possible for an electron in an orbital are 2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 3.
In an atom the number of electrons in M-shell is equal to the number of electrons in the K and L-shell. Answer the following questions. (AS1)
a) Which is the outermost shell?
Answer:
The outermost shell is N shell.

b) How many electrons are there in its outermost shell?
Answer:
Two electrons are there in outermost shell.

c) What is the atomic number of element?
Answer:
The atomic number of element is 22.

d) Write the electronic configuration of the element.
Answer:
The element is Ti (Titanium). Its electronic configuration is 1s²2s²2p63s²3p64s²3d².

Reason :

  • Electrons enter M shell after completion of K and L.
  • So the number of electrons in M shell is 10.
  • But after completion of 3p orbital electron enters 4s before entering to 3d.
  • So outermost orbit or shell is N shell.
  • So the atomic number of element is 22.
  • Its electron configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² 3d².

Question 4.
Rainbow is an example for continuous spectrum – explain. (AS1)
(OR)
Which is naturally occurring continuous spectrum ? Explain.
Answer:

  • Rainbow is a spectrum of different colours (VIBGYOR) with different wavelengths.
  • These colours are continuously distributed.
  • There is no fixed boundary for each colour.
  • Hence, rainbow is a continuous spectrum.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 5.
How many elliptical orbits are added by Sommerfeld in third Bohr’s orbit ? What was the purpose of adding these elliptical orbits? (AS1)
Answer:
Sommerfeld added two elliptical orbits to Bohr’s third orbit.

Purpose of adding elliptical orbits :

  • Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra and line spectrum.
  • In an attempt to account for the structure of line spectrum, Sommerfeld modified Bohr’s atomic model by adding elliptical orbits.

Question 6.
What is absorption spectrum?
Answer:
Absorption spectrum: The spectrum formed by the absorption of energy when electron jumps from lower energy level to higher energy level is called absorption spectrum. It contains dark lines on bright background.

Question 7.
What is an orbital? How it is different from Bohr’s orbit? (AS1)
(OR)
Comparison between orbit and orbital.
Answer:
The region of space around the nucleus where the probability of finding electron is maximum is called orbital. Whereas orbit is the path of the electron around the nucleus.

These two are differentiated like this.

Orbit Orbital
1. Path of electron around nucleus. 1) Probability of finding electron around nucleus.
2. Orbits are represented by letters K, L, M, N, 0, …….etc. 2. Orbitals are represented by letters s, p, d, f, g, …….etc.
3) Its information is given by principal 3) Its information is given by orbital quantum number.
4) It is two dimensional. 4) It is three dimensional.
5) It does not satisfy Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. 5) It satisfies the Heisenberg’s principle of uncertainty.

Question 8.
Explain the significance of three quantum numbers in predicting the positions of an electron in an orbit. (AS1)
(OR)
How are quantum numbers helpful to understand the atomic structure?
Answer:
Significance of three quantum numbers in predicting the positions of an electron in an orbit.

1) Principal quantum number (n) :
The principal quantum number explains about the size and energy of shells (or) orbitals. It is denoted by n.

As ‘n’ increases, the orbitals become larger and the electrons in those orbitals are farther from the nucleus.

It takes values 1, 2, 3, 4, ……………. for that the shells are represented by letters K, L, M, N, ……….

The number of electrons in a shell is limited to 2n².

2) The Angular – momentum quantum number (l) :
The angular momentum quantum number defines the shape of the orbital occupied by the electron and the orbital angular momentum of the electron, is in motion.

l takes values from 0 to n – 1 for these values the orbitals are designated by letters s, p, d, f, ………….. etc.

l also governs the degree with which the electron is attached to nucleus. The larger the value of l, the smaller is the bond with which it is maintained with the nucleus.

3) Magnetic orbital quantum number (ml) :
The orientation of orbital with external magnetic field determines magnetic orbital quantum number.

ml has integer values between – l and l including zero.

The number of values for m, are 2l + l, which give the number of orbitals per sub-shell. The maximum number of electrons in orbitals in the sub-shell is 2 (2l + l).

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 9.
What is nlx method? How is it useful? (AS1)
(OR)
What is nlx method? How is it useful in electronic configuration?
Answer:
The shorthand notation consists of the principal energy level (n value) the letter representing sub – level (l value), and the number of electrons (x) in the sub-shell is written as superscript nlx.

It is useful in writing electron configuration of elements. For example, in Hydrogen (H), the set of quantum numbers is n = 1, l = 0, ml = 0, ms = ½ or – ½. The electronic configuration is
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 2

Question 10.
Following orbital diagram shows the electronic configuration of nitrogen atom. Which rule does not support this? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 3
(OR)
Write the correct electronic configuration of the given nitrogen atom with the help of Hund’s rule.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 3

  • This electron configuration does not support Hund’s rule.
  • According to Hund’s rule, the orbitals of equal energy are occupied with one elec-tron each before pairing of electrons starts.
  • Here, pairing of electrons in 2px orbital was taken place without filling of an elec-tron in 2pz orbital.
  • Hence the correct electron configuration is as follows.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 4

Question 11.
Which rule is violated in the electronic configuration 1s0 2s² 2p4?
Answer:

  • Aufbau principle is violated in this electronic configuration because according to Aufbau principle, electron enters orbital of lowest energy.
  • Among 1s, 2s and 2p, Is has least energy.
  • So Is orbital must be filled before the electron should enter 2s.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 12.
Write the four quantum numbers for the differentiating electron of sodium (Na) atom. (AS1)
Answer:
The electronic configuration of sodium (Na) is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹. So the differentiating electron enters 3s. Therefore the four quantum numbers are
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 5

Question 13.
What is emission spectrum?
(OR)
When radiation is emitted what is the name given to such spectrum? Explain such spectrum.
Answer:

  • The spectrum produced by the emitted radiation is known as emission spectrum.
  • This spectrum corresponds to liberation of energy when an excited electron returns back to ground state.

Emission spectrum is of two types :

1) Continuous spectrum :
When white light passes through a prism it dissociates into seven colours. This spectrum is called continuous spectrum.

2) Discontinuous spectrum :
Discontinuous spectrum is of two types.

a) Line spectrum :
The spectrum with sharp and distinct lines. It is given by gaseous atoms.

b) Band spectrum :
The spectrum very closely spaced lines is known as band spectrum. It is given by molecule.

Question 14.
i) An electron in an atom has the following set of four quantum numbers to which orbital it belong to : (AS2)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 7
This electron belongs to 2s orbital.
Spin is in clockwise direction. ⇒ 2s¹

ii) Write the fojur quantum numbers for Is1 electron. (AS1)
Answer:
The four quantum numbers for Is1 electron are
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 8

Question 15.
Which electronic shell is at a higher energy level K or L? (AS2)
Answer:
L – shell is at higher energy level, because it is far from nucleus than K shell.

Question 16.
Collect the information regarding wavelengths and corresponding frequencies of three primary colours red, blue and green. (AS4)
Answer:
The wavelengths and corresponding frequencies of three primary colours red, blue and green are given below.

Primary colours Wavelength in nm
(1 nm = 10-9m)
Frequency in Hz
(Hertz)
Red 700 4.29 × 1014
Green 530 5.66 × 1014
Blue 470 6.38 × 1014

Question 17.
The wavelength of a radio wave is 1.0 m. Find its frequency. (AS7)
Answer:
c = 3 × 108 m/s ; λ = 1m ; c = vλ ⇒ v = \(\frac{\mathrm{c}}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^{8}}{1}\) = 3 × 108 Hz.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 18.
Why are there exemptions in writing the electronic configurations of Chromium and Copper?
Answer:
1. Elements which have half-filled or completely filled orbitals have greater stability.

2. So in chromium and copper the electrons in 4s and 3d redistributes their energies to attain stability by acquiring half-filled and completely filled d-orbitals.

3. Hence the actual electronic configuration of chromium and copper are as follows.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 6

Fill In The Blanks

1. If n = 1, then angular momention quantum number (l) = …………………
2. If a sub-shell is denoted as 2p, then its magnetic quantum number values are …………………, …………………, …………………
3. Maximum number of electrons that an M-shell contain is / are …………………
4. For ‘n’, the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
5. For?, the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
6. For’m/ the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
7. The value of ‘ms’ for an electron spinning in clockwise direction is ………………… and for anti-clockwise direction is …………………
Answer:

  1. 0
  2. – 1, 0, + 1
  3. 18
  4. 1, – ∞
  5. 0, (n – 1)
  6. – l, + l
  7. + ½, – ½

Multiple Choice Questions

1. An emission spectrum consists of bright spectral lines on a dark back ground. Which one of the following does not correspond to the bright spectral lines?
A) Frequency of emitted radiation
B) Wavelength of emitted radiation
C) Energy of emitted radiations
D) Velocity of light
Answer:
D) Velocity of light

2. The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in the L-shell of an atom is
A) 2
B) 4
C) 8
D) 16
Answer:
C) 8

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

3. If l = 1 for an atom, then the number of orbitals in its sub-shell is
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 0
Answer:
C) 3

4. The quantum number which explains about size and energy of the orbit or shell is
A) n
B) l
C) ml
D) ms
Answer:
A) n

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 112

Question 1.
How many colours are there in a rainbow? What are they?
Answer:
There are seven colours in a rainbow. They are Violet, Indigo, Blue, Green, Yellow,Orange and Red.

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of electromagnetic waves?
A.nswer:
Electromagnetic energy is characterised by wavelength (l) and frequency (u).

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 113

Question 3.
Can we apply this equation c = uA, to a sound wave?
Answer:
Yes. It is a universal relationship and applies to all waves.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 114

Question 4.
What happens when you heat an iron rod on a flame? Do you find any change in colour while heating an iron rod?
Answer:

  • When we heat an iron rod, some amount of heat energy that was absorbed by iron rod is emitted as light.
  • First iron turns into red (lower energy corresponding to higher wavelength) and as the temperature rises it glows and turns into orange, yellow, blue or even white respectively (higher energy and lower wavelength).
  • If we go on heating the rod, it turns into white light which includes all visible wavelengths.
  • So we find some changes in colour while heating an iron rod.

Question 5.
Do you observe any other colour at the same time when one colour is emitted?
Answer:
While heating the rod if the temperature is high enough, other colours will also be emitted, but due to higher intensity of one particular emitted colour (eg.: red), others cannot be observed.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 6.
How do various colours come from fire works?
(OR)
Do you enjoy Deepavali fire works? Variety of colours is seen from fire works. How do these colours come from fire works?
Answer:
Yes. The electrons present in atoms of elements absorb energy and move to excited states and they return to ground state with emission of energy in visible spectrum. So the colours observed during fire works are the emitted energy by various elements in different fire works.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 115

Question 7.
Do you observe yellow light in street lamps? Which will produce yellow light?
Answer:
Yes, sodium vapours produce yellow light in street lamps.

Question 8.
Why do different elements emit different flame colours when heated by the same non-luminous flame?
Answer:

  • All the materials are made up of atoms and molecules. These atoms and molecules possess certain fixed energy.
  • An atom or molecule having lowest possible energy is said to be in ground state.
  • When we heat the materials the electrons of these atoms gain energy and move to excited states (higher energy state).
  • An atom of molecule in excited state can emit light to lower its energy in order to get stability and come back to ground state.
  • Light emitted in such process has certain fixed wavelength for one kind of atoms.
  • The light emitted by different kinds of atoms is different because the excited states electrons will go are different. So different elements produce different flame colours.

Question 9.
What happens when an electron gains energy?
Answer:
The electron moves to higher energy level called the excited state.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 116

Question 10.
Does the electron retain the energy forever?
Answer:
The electron loses the energy and comes back to its ground state. The energy emitted by the electron is seen in the form of electromagnetic energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 11.
Did Bohr’s model account for the splitting of line spectra of a hydrogen atom into finer lines?
Answer:
No, Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra.

Question 12.
Why is the electron in an atom restricted to revolve around the nucleus at certain fixed distances?
Answer:
In order to explain the atomic spectra, Bohr-Sommerfeld model proposed that the electrons are restricted to revolve around the nucleus at certain fixed distances.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 117

Question 13.
Do the electrons follow defined paths around the nucleus?
Answer:
No, they revolve around the nucleus in a region called orbital.

Question 14.
What is the velocity of the electron?
Answer:
It is very close to light.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 15.
Is it possible to find exact position of electron? How do you find the position and velocity of an electron?
Answer:
No, as the electrons are very small, light of very short wavelength is required for this task.

This short wavelength light interacts with the electron and disturbs the motion of electron. So it is not possible to find exact position and velocity of electron simultaneously. Whereas we can find the region where the probability of finding electron is more.

Question 16.
Do atoms have a definite boundary, as suggested by Bohr’s model?
Answer:
Yes, atoms have definite boundary.

Question 17.
What do we call the region of space where the electron might be, at a given time?
Answer:
The region of space around the nucleus where the probability of finding an electron is maximum, called an orbital.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 118

Question 18.
What information do the quantum numbers provide?
Answer:
The quantum numbers describe the space around the nucleus where the electrons are found and also their energies.

Question 19.
What does each quantum number signify?
Answer:
The quantum numbers signify the probability of finding electron in the space around nucleus.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 119

Question 20.
What is the maximum value of/for n = 4?
Answer:
The maximum value of / for n = 4 is 3.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 21.
How many values can l have for n = 4?
Answer:
l takes values from 0 to n – 1. So l has 4 values for n = 4. Those values are 0, 1,2, 3.

Question 22.
Do all the p-orbitals have the same energy? A. Orbitals in the sub-shell belonging to same shell possess same energy but they differ in their orientations.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 121

Question 23.
How are two electrons in the Helium atom arranged?
Answer:
They are arranged in pair in Is orbital and the electronic configuration is 1s².

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 122

Question 24.
What are the spins of two electrons in an orbital?
Answer:
The two electrons in an orbital have opposite spins. If one is clockwise spin, then other electron has anti-clockwise spin.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 25.
How many electrons can occupy an orbital?
Answer:
An orbital can hold only two electrons.

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Explain the wave nature of light.
(OR)
How does light behave? Explain.
Answer:

  • Light is an electromagnetic wave.
  • Electromagnetic waves are produced when an electric charge vibrates.
  • This vibrating electric charge creates a change in the electric field. The changing electric field creates a changing magnetic field.
  • This process continues with both the created fields being perpendicular to each other and at right angles to the direction of propagation of the wave.
  • This electromagnetic wave is produced.

Activity – 2

Question 2.
Write an activity which shows metal produces colour in flame.
(OR)
‘Metal produces colour in a flame.’ Prove the statement by giving examples.
Answer:
A)

  • Take a pinch of cupric chloride in a watch glass and make a paste with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
  • Take this paste on a platinum loop and introduce it into a non-luminous flame.
  • Cupric chloride produces a green colour flame.

B)

  • Take a pinch of strontium chloride in a watch glass and make a paste with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
  • Take this paste on a platinum loop and introduce it into a non-luminous flame.
  • Strontium chloride produces a crimson red flame.

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Complete the electronic configuration of the following elements.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 9
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 10

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
What is the function of lens in human eye?
Answer:
The eye lens forms a real image on retina then we can see the objects.

Question 2.
How does it help to see objects at long distances and short distances?
Answer:
Eye lens can adjust itself in shape, so that it helps to see the objects at long and short distances.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 3.
How is it possible to get the image at the same distance on the retina?
Answer:
When the eye is focussed at distant object, the ciliary muscles are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens adjusted itself which is equal to the distance of object from the retina. Then we can see the object clearly.
When the eye is focussed on a closer object the ciliary muscles adjust the focal length in such a way that the image is formed on retina and we see the object clearly.

Question 4.
Are we able to see all objects in front of our eye clearly?
Answer:
Yes. By maintaining the 25 cm distance of the object from our eye, we can see the objects in front of our eye.

Question 5.
How do the lenses used in spectacles correct defects of vision?
Answer:
To form image on retina.
To correct
myopia- Concave lens
hypermetropia i- Convex lens

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
How do you correct the eye defect Myopia? (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 1

  • Some people cannot see objects at long distances but can see nearby objects clearly. This type of defect in vision is called ‘Myopia’ or ‘Near sightedness’.
  • Myopia is corrected by using a con-cave lens of focal length equal to the distance of the far point F from the eye.
  • This lens diverges the parallel rays from distant object as if they are coming from the far point.
  • Finally the eye lens forms a clear im-age at the retina.

Question 2.
Explain the correction of the eye defect Hypermetropia. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 2

  • A person with hypermetropia can see distant objects clearly but cannot see objects at near distances. This is also known as ‘far sightedness’.
  • Eye lens can form a clear image on the retina when any object is placed beyond near point.
  • To correct the defect of hypermetropia, we need to use a lens which forms an image of an object beyond near point at H, when the object is between H and L. This is possible only when a double con¬vex lens is used.
  • The image acts like an object for the eye lens. Hence final image due to eye is formed at retina.

Question 3.
How do you find experimentally the refractive index of material of a prism? (AS1)
(OR)
Write the experimental procedure in finding the refractive index of a prism.
(OR)
Which quantity will decide whether a given medium is denser or rarer? How do you find that quantity of prism experimentally?
Answer:
Refractive index decides whether a medium is denser or rarer.
Aim :
To find the refractive index of a prism.

Materials required :
Glass prism, white chart of size 20 x 20 cm, pencil, pins, scale and protractor.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 3
Procedure :

  1. Keep a prism on white chart.
  2. Draw the triangular base of the prism with pencil.
  3. Remove the prism.
  4. The shape of the outline drawn prism is triangle and name its vertices as P, Q and R.
  5. PQ and PR be the refracting surfaces.
  6. Find the angle between PQ and PR. This is the angle of the prism (A) (or) Refracting angle.
  7. Mark M on PQ and draw a perpendicular line to PQ at M.
  8. Place the centre of the protractor at M, along the normal and mark an angle of 30° and then draw a line up to M. This line denotes incident ray. This angle is called angle of incidence.
  9. Place the prism in its position (triangle) again.
  10. Now fix two pins vertically on the line at points A and B .
  11. See the images of pins through the 2nd refracting side (PR).
  12. Fix another two pins at points C and D such that all the four pins appear to lie along the same line.
  13. Remove the pins and prism, join the pin-holes. Draw the incident and emergent rays.
  14. The angle between the normal and the emergent ray at N is the angle of emergence.
  15. The line passing through the points A, B, M, N, C and D represents the path of light when it suffers refraction through prism.

The angle of deviation :

  • Extend incident and emergent rays are intercept at a point ‘O’.
  • The angle between these two rays is the angle of deviation (d).
  • Note the emergent deviation angles for different values of i, in the given table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 4

  • Draw the graph between angle of incidence on X – axis and the angle of deviation on Y – axis.
  • We notice that the angle of deviation decreases first and then increases with increase of the angle of incidence.
  • Mark points on a graph paper and join the points to obtain a graph (smooth curve).
  • Draw a tangent line to the curve, which parallel to X-axis, at the lowest point of the graph.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 5

  • The point where this line cuts the Y- axis gives the angle of minimum deviation. It is denoted by D.
  • From the graph, we notice that, at angle of minimum deviation, the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of emergence.
  • By finding A and D we can find refractive index of prism by using formula .

Question 4.
Explain the formation of rainbow. (AS1)
(OR)
What is the natural spectrum occuring in sky? Explain the formation of that spectrum.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 6

  • A rainbow is a natural spectrum of sunlight in the form of bows appearing in the sky when the sun shines on rain drops.
  • It is combined result of reflection, refraction and dispersion of sunlight from water droplets, in atmosphere.
  • It always forms in the direction opposite to the sun.
  • To see a rainbow, the sun be must behind us and the water droplets falls in front of us.
  • When a sunlight enters a spherical raindrop, it is refracted and dispersed. The different colours of light are bent in different angles.
  • When different colours of light falls on the back inner surface of drop, it (Water drop) reflects (different colours of light) interwnally (total internal reflection).
  • The water drops again refract the different colours, when it comes out from the raindrop.
  • After leaving this different colours from the raindrop as rainbow, reach our eye. Thus, we see a rainbow.

Question 5.
Explain briefly the reason for the blue of the sky. (AS1)
Answer:

  • The reason for blue sky is due to the molecules N2 and O2.
  • The size of these molecules are comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • These molecules act as scattering centres for scattering of blue light.
  • So scattering of blue light by molecules of N2 and O2 is responsible for blue of the sky.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 6.
Explain two activities for the formation of artificial rainbow. (AS1)
(OR)
Give two activities for the formation of the artificial rainbow? And explain it.
(OR)
Suggest an experiment to create a rainbow in your classroom and explain the procedure.
Answer:
Activity -1 :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 6

  • Select a white coated wall on which the sun rays fdll.
  • Stand in front of a wall in such a way that the sun rays fall on your back.
  • Hold a tube through which water is flowing.
  • Place your finger in the tube to obstruct the flow of water.
  • Water comes out from small gaps between the tube and finger like a fountain.
  • Observe the changes on wall while showering the water.

Activity – II : (Activity – 4)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 10

  • Take a metal tray and fill with water.
  • Place a mirror in water such that it makes an angle to the water surface.
  • Now focus white light on the mirror through the water.
  • Keep a white card board sheet above the water surface.
  • We may observe the colours VIBGYOR on the board.
  • The splitting of white light into different colours (VIBGYOR) is called dispersion.
  • So consider a white light is a collection of waves with different wavelengths.
  • Violet has shortest wavelength, and red has longest wavelength.

Question 7.
Derive an expression for the refractive index of the material of a prism. (AS1)
Answer:
Derivation of formula for refractive index of a prism :
PQ and PR are refracting surfaces of prism, i, is an angle of incidence, i2 is an angle of emergence, is an angle of refraction of first surface and r2 is an angle of incidence on second surface.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 11
1. From triangle OMN, we get
d = i1 – r1 + i2 – r2
∴ d = (i1 + i2)-(r1+ r2) ……… (1)
2. From triangle PMN, we have
∠A + (90° – r1) + (90° – r2) = 180°
⇒ r1 + r2 = A ……… (2)
3. From (1) and (2),
⇒ d = (i1 + i2) – A
⇒ A + d = i1 + i2
4. This is the relation between angle of incidence, angle of emergence, angle of deviation and angle of prism.

5. From Snell’s law, we know that
n1 sin i = n2 sin r

6. Let ‘n’ be the refractive index of the prism.
7. Using Snell’s law at M, refractive index of air n1 = 1; i = i1; n2 = n; r = r1.
⇒ sin i1 = n sin r1 …………. (4)
8. Similarly, at N, n1 = n; i = r2; n2 = 1; i1 = i2
⇒ n sin r2 = n sin i2 ………… (5)
9. We know that at the angle of minimum deviation position (D), i.e. i1 = i2
10. We will notice that MN is parallel to the base of prism QR.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 12
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 13

14. This is the formula for the refractive index of the prism.

Question 8.
Light of wavelength λ1 enters a medium with refractive index n2 from a medium with refractive index n1 What is the wavelength of light in second medium? (AS1)
Answer:
Wavelength of first medium =λ1
Refractive index of first medium = n1
Let the wavelength of second medium = λ2,
Refractive index of second medium = n2
Light enters from first medium to second medium = \(\Rightarrow \frac{\mathrm{n}_{2}}{\mathrm{n}_{1}}=\frac{\mathrm{c}_{1}}{\mathrm{c}_{2}}=\frac{\lambda_{1}}{\lambda_{2}}\) (∵ υ = const)
\(\Rightarrow \lambda_{2}=\frac{\lambda_{1} \mathrm{n}_{1}}{\mathrm{n}_{2}}\)

Note:
For the below questions the following options are given. Choose the correct option by making hypothesis based on given assertion and reason. Give an explanation.
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) Both A and R are false.
e) A is false but R is true.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 9.
Assertion (A) : The refractive index of a prism depends only on the kind of glass of which it is made of and the colour of light. (AS2)
Reason (R) : The refractive index of a prism depends on the refracting angle of the prism and the angle of minimum deviation.
Answer:
(b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.

Question 10.
Assertion (A) : Blue colour of sky appears due to scattering of light.
Reason (R) : Blue colour has shortest wavelength among all colours of white light. (AS2)
Answer:
(C) A is true but R is false.

Question 11.
Suggest an experiment to produce a rainbow in your classroom and explain the procedure. (AS3)
Answer:
Activity to produce a rainbow in classroom :

  • Take a prism and place it on the table near a vertical white wall.
  • Take a thin wooden plank, make a small hole in it and fix it vertically on the table.
  • Place the prism between the wooden plank and wall.
  • Place a white light source behind the hole of the wooden plank. Switch on the light.
  • Adjust the height of the prism such that the light falls on one of the lateral surfaces.
  • Observe the changes in the emerged ray of the prism.
  • Adjust the prism by slightly rotating it till you get an image on the wall.
  • We observe a band of different colours on the wall.
  • These colours are nearly equal to the colours of the rainbow, i.e., VIBGYOR.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 12.
Prisms are used in binoculars. Collect information why prisms are used in binoculars. (AS4)
Answer:

  • Binoculars consists of a pair of identical or mirror symmetrical telescope mounted side by side and aligned to point accurately in the same direction, allowing the viewer to use both eyes, when viewing distant objects.
  • The size of binoculars is reduced by using prisms.
  • We get good image with more brightness.
  • Objective size and optical quality should be increased by using prisms in binoculars.

Question 13.
Incident ray on one of the face (AB) of prism and emergent ray from the face AC are given in figure. Complete the ray diagram. (AS5)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 17
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 7

Question 14.
How do you appreciate the role of molecules in the atmosphere for the blue colour of the sky? (AS6)
(OR)
How do you appreciate the nature of molecules, responsible for the blue of the sky?
Answer:

  • The sky appear blue due to atmospheric refraction and scattering of light through molecules.
  • Molecules are scattering centres.
  • The reason to blue sky is due to the molecules N2 and 02.
  • The sizes of these molecules are comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • In the absence of molecules there will be no scattering of sunlight and the sky will appear dark.
  • We should appreciate the molecules which are scattering centres.

Question 15.
Eye is the only organ to visualise the colourful world around us. This is possible due to accommodation of eye lens. Prepare a six line stanza expressing your wonderful feelings. (AS6)
Answer:
“Many people simply see
The world in black and white
But through my eyes the world’s alive
So colourful and bright
Don’t close your mind to the sights
That light up the night and day
There’s so much to see here on this earth
And not a rupee do you have to pay”
The most obvious things aren’t the ones
There is beauty in the unknown
with willing eyes and an open mind
The true wonders you will be shown

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 16.
How do you appreciate the working of ciliary muscles in the eye? (AS6)
(OR)
Which muscles are helpful in changing the focal length of eye lens? How do you appreciate those muscles?
Answer:

  • Ciliary muscles are helpful in changing focal length of eye lens.
  • The ciliary muscles which attached with eye lens help to change the focal length of eye lens.
  • When the eye is focussed on a distant object, these are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens increases to its maximum value.
  • The parallel rays coming into the eye are focussed on the retina then we can see the object clearly.
  • When the eye is focussed on a nearer object the muscles are strained so the focal length of eye-lens decreases. The ciliary muscles adjust the focal length and the image is formed on retina then we can see the object.
  • Their process of adjusting focal length of eve lens is called accomodation.
  • So ciliary muscles must be appreciated for its accomodation of eye lens.

Question 17.
Why does the sky sometimes appear white? (AS7)
(OR)
The sky sometimes appears white. What is the reason behind it?
Answer:

  • Our atmosphere contains atoms and molecules of different sizes.
  • According to their sizes, they are able to scatter different wavelengths of light.
  • For example, the size of the water molecule is greater than the size of the N2 or O2.
  • It acts as a scattering centre for light other frequencies which are lower than the frequency of blue light.
  • On a hot day due to rise in the temperature, water vapour enters atmosphere which leads to abundant presence of water molecules in atmosphere. These water molecules scatter the colours of other frequencies (other than blue).
  • All such colours of other frequencies reach our eye and white colour is appeared to us.

Question 18.
Glass is known to be transparent material. But ground glass is opaque and white in colour. Why? (AS7)
Answer:

  • Ground glass is glass whose surface has been ground that produces a flat but rough finish.
  • Ground glass has the effect of rendering the glass translucent by scattering of light during transmission thus blurring visibility while still transmitting light.
  • To get more permanent frost, the glass may be ground by rubbing with some gritty substance.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 19.
If a white sheet of paper is stained with oil, the paper turns transparent. Why? (AS7)
(OR)
What is the reason behind the paper turns transparent when it is immersed in oil?
Answer:

  • The paper fibres have higher index of refraction probably much greater than 1.5.
  • The oil or fat also has a high index of refraction so that it nearly matches the index of refraction of the paper fibres and it reduces the scattering significantly.
  • The fat adhering to the cellulose fibers lowers the index of refraction of the cellulose and also fills in air voids, so that visible light passes through the bag with significantly less scattering.
  • The oil connects the fibres in the paper with a liquid which can transmit by refraction (rather than scatter) light that falls upon it. As a result, the paper stained with oil is turned transparent.

Question 20.
A light ray falls on one of the faces of a prism at an angle 40° so that it suffers angle of minimum deviation of 30°. Find the angle of prism and angle of refraction at the given surface. (AS7)
Answer:
Given that, incident ray on one of the prisms (i1) = 40°
Angle of minimum deviation (D) = 30°
Angle of prism (A) = ?
A+D = 2i1
⇒ A = 2i1 – D
⇒ A = 2(40°) -30°
= 80° – 30°
= 50°
∴ Angle of prims (A) = 50°
Angle of refraction (r1) = ?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 14

Question 21.
The focal length of a lens suggested to a person with Hypermetropia is 100 cm. Find the distance of near point and power of the lens. (AS7)
Answer:
i) The distance of near point :
If the distance of near point is ‘d’ and focal length is ‘f’ then the relation between
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 8

Question 22.
A person is viewing an extended object. If a converging lens is placed in front of his eye, will he feel that the size of object has increased? Why? (AS7)
Answer:

  • A simple magnifier allows us to put the object closer to the eye than we could normally focus and forms an enlarged virtual images.
  • The principle behind this is angular magnification.
  • The magnification is Ma = \(\frac{25}{f}\) for the close focus point, but since that causes eye strain, it is usually desirable to put the images at infinity giving Ma = \(\frac{25}{f}\)
  • So he fees the size of object is increased. The reason is mentioned.
  • Angular magnification: ‘The ratio of the angle substended at the eye by the image formed by an optical instrument to the angle substended at the eye by the object being viewed.”

Fill In The Blanks

1. The value of least distance of distinct vision is about ……………………… .
2. The distance between the eye lens and retina is about ……………………… .
3. The maximum focal length of the eye lens is about ……………………… .
4. The eye lens can change its focal length due to working of ……………………… muscles.
5. The power of lens is ID then focal length is ……………………… .
6. Myopia can be corrected by using ……………………… lens.
7. Hypermetropia can be corrected by using ……………………… lens.
8. In minimum deviation position of prism, the angle of incidence is equal to angle of ……………………… .
9. The splitting of white light into different colours (VIBGYOR) is called ……………………… .
10. During refraction of light, the character of light which does not change is ……………………… .
Answer:

  1. 25 cm
  2. 2.5 cm
  3. 2.5 cm
  4. ciliary
  5. 100 cm
  6. bi-concave
  7. bi-convex
  8. emergence
  9. dispersion of light
  10. frequency

Multiple Choice Questions

1. The size of an object as perceived by an eye depends primarily on
A) actual size of the object
B) distance of the object from the eye
C) aperture of the pupil
D) size if the image formed on the retina
Answer:
B) distance of the object from the eye

2. When objects at different distances are seen by the eye which of the following remains constant?
A) focal length of eye-lens
B) object distance from eye-lens
C) the radii of curvature of eye-lens
D) image distance from eye-lens
Answer:
D) image distance from eye-lens

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

3. During refraction, …………….. will not change.
A) wavelength
B) frequency
C) speed of light
D) all the above
Answer:
B) frequency

4. A ray of light falls on one of the lateral surfaces of an equilateral glass prism placed on the horizontal surface of a table as shown in figure. For minimum deviation of ray, which of the following is true?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 9
A) PQ is horizontal
B) ‘QR’ is horizontal
C) ‘RS’ is horizontal
D) Either ‘PQ’ or ‘RS’ is horizontal
Answer:
B) ‘QR’ is horizontal

5. Far point of a person is 5 m. In order that he has normal vision what ki nd of spectacles should he use?
A) concave lens with focal length 5 m
B) concave lens with focal length 10 m
C) convex lens with focal length 5 m
D) convex lens with focal length 2.5 mm
Answer:
A) concave lens with focal length 5 m

6. The process of re-emission of absorbed light in all directions with different intensi¬ties by the atom or molecule is called ……………
A) scattering of light
B) dispersion of light
C) reflection of light
D) refraction of light
Answer:
A) scattering of light

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 104

Question 1.
Can you imagine the shape of rainbow when observed during travel in an airplane?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 18
The shape of rainbow, when observed during travel in an airplane is circular as shown in the following figure.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 88

Question 2.
Why do the values of least distance of distinct vision and angle of vision change with person and age?
Answer:

  • The ciliary muscle helps the eye lens to change its focal length by changing radii of curvature of eye lens.
  • When the eye is focussed on a distant object, the ciliary muscles are relaxed so that the focal length of eye lens has its maximum value which is equal to its distance from the retina.
  • The working of ciliary muscle in eye changes from person to person.
  • So, the values of least distance of distinct vision and angle of vision changes with person and age.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 89

Question 3.
How can we get same image distance for various positions of objects?
Answer:
For different positions of object, the image distance remains constant only when focal length of lens changes.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 4.
Can you answer above question using concepts of refraction through lenses?
Answer:
The focal length of a lens depends on the material by which it has been made and radii of curvatures of lens. We need to change focal length of eye lens to get same image distance for various positions of object.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 90

Question 5.
How does eye lens change its focal length?
(OR)
What is the role of ciliary muscles in the eye ? Write the answer in one or two sentences only.
Answer:
The ciliary muscles to which eye lens is attached help the eye lens to change its focal length by changing the radii of curvature of eye lens.

Question 6.
How does this change (eye lens changes its focal lengths) take place in eye ball?
Answer:
When the eye is focussed on a distant object the ciliary muscles are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens has its maximum value which is equal to its distance from the retina. The parallel rays coming into the eye are then focussed on to the retina and we see the object clearly.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 7.
Does eye lens form a real image or virtual image?
Answer:
The eye lens forms a real and inverted image of an object on the retina.

Question 8.
How does the image formed on retina help us to perceive the object without change in its shape, size and colour?
Answer:

  • The eye lens forms a real and inverted image of an object on the retina.
  • This retina is a delicate membrane, which contains large number of receptors (125 million) called ‘rods’ and ‘cones’.
  • They receive the light signals and identify the colour, and the intensity of light.
  • These signals are transmitted to the brain through optic-nerve fibres.
  • The brain interprets these signals and finally processes the information so that we perceive the object in terms of its shape, size and colour.

Question 9.
Is there any limit to change of focal length of eye lens?
Answer:
Yes. When the object is at infinity, the parallel rays from the object falling on the eye lens are refracted. They form a point-sized image on retina. In this situation, eye lens has a maximum focal length.

Question 10.
What are the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens?
Answer:
Maximum focal length is 2.5 cm and minimum focal length is 2.27 cm.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 11.
How can we find the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens?
(OR)
Calculate the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens.
Answer:’
a) When the object is at infinity,
u = – ∞ ; v = 2.5 cm (image distance which is equal to distance between eye lens and retina)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 19

b) Object at a distance of 25 cm from eye. In this case, eye has minimum focal length.
Here u = -25 cm ; v 2.5 cm
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 24

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 91

Question 12.
What happens if eye lens is not able to adjust its focal length?
Answer:
In this case the person cannot see the object clearly and comfortably.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 13.
What happens if the focal length of eye lens is beyond the range of 2.5 cm to 2.27 cm?
Answer:
The vision (image) becomes blurred due to defects of eye lens.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 92

Question 14.
What can we do to correct myopia?
Answer:
To correct myopia, we use concave lens.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 93

Question 15.
How can you decide the focal length of the lens to be used to correct myopia?
Answer:
Assume that the object distance (u) is infinity and image distance (v) is equal to distance of far point.
u = – ∞ ; v = distance of far point = – D
Let ‘f be the focal length of bi-concave lens.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 25

Here ‘f is negative showing that it is a concave lens.

Question 16.
What happens when the eye has a minimum focal length greater than 2.27 cm?
Answer:
In this case, the rays coming from the nearby object after refraction at eye lens, forms image beyond the retina.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 94

Question 17.
How can you decide the focal length of convex lens to be used?
Answer:
Here object distance (u) = -25 cm
Image distance (v) = – d (distance of near point)
Let ‘f be the focal length of bi-convex lens.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 20

If d > 25 cm, then ‘f’ becomes positive then we need to use bi-convex lens to correct hypermetropia.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 95

Question 18.
Have you ever observed details in the prescription?
Answer:
A prescription that contains some information regarding type of lens to be used to correct vision.

Question 19.
What does it (“my sight is increased or decreased”) mean?
Answer:
Usually doctors, after testing the defects of vision prescribe corrective lenses indicating
their power which determines the type of lens to be used and its focal length.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 20.
What do you mean by power of lens ? flftorH)
Answer:
The reciprocal of focal length is called power of lens.

Question 21.
Doctor advised to use 2D lens. What is its focal length?
Answer:
Given power of lens P = 2D
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 21
∴ Focal length of lens (f) = 50 cm.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 96

Question 22.
How could the white light of the sun give us various colours of the rainbow?
Answer:
Due to reflection, refraction and dispersion of sunlight.

Question 23.
What happens to a light ray when it passes through a transparent medium bounded by plane surfaces which are inclined to each other?
Answer:
When light incident on one of the plane surfaces and emerges from the other.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 24.
What is a prism?
Answer:
A prism is a transparent medium separated from the surrounding medium by consisting two refracting plane surfaces which are inclined.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 97

Question 25.
What is the shape of the outline drawn for a prism?
Answer:
The outline drawn for a prism is in a triangle shape.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 98

Question 26.
How do you find the angle of deviation?
Answer:
The angle between the extended incident and emergent rays is called angle of deviation.
(OR)
Extend both incident and emergent rays till they meet at a point ‘O’. Measure the angle between these two rays. This is the angle of deviation.

Question 27.
What do you notice from the angle of deviation?
Answer:
The angle of deviation decreases first and then increases with increase in the angle of incidence.

Question 28.
Can you draw a graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 5
Yes, we can draw the graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation.

Question 29.
From the graph, can you find the minimum of the angle of deviation?
Answer:
Yes, we can. Draw a tangent line to the curve, parallel to X – axis, at the lowest point of the graph. The point where this line cuts Y – axis gives the angle of minimum deviation.

Question 30.
Is there any relation between the angle of incidence (i) angle of emergence (r) and piangle of deviation (d)?
Answer:
(i1 + i2)= A + D
i + r = A + D

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 101

Question 31.
In activity-3,we noticed that light has chosen different paths. Does this mean that the refractive index of the prism varies from colour to colour?
Answer:
Yes, refractive index of the prism varies from colour to colour.

Question 32.
Is the speed of light of each colour different?
Answer:
In vacuum – No, the speed of each colour is constant.
In medium – Speed is different for different colours.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 33.
Can you guess now, why light splits into different colours when it passes through a prism?
Answer:
Due to dispersion of light and different wavelength of colours in medium.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 102

Question 34.
Does it (light passing through a prism) split into more colours? Why?
Answer:
We know the frequency of light is the properly of the source and it is equal to number of waves leaving the source per second. This cannot be changed by any medium. Hence frequency doesn’t change due to refraction. The coloured light passing through any transparent medium retains its colour.

Question 35.
Can you give an example in nature, where you observe colours as seen in activity 3?
Answer:
Yes, in rainbow. It is a good example of dispersion of light.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 36.
When do you see a rainbow in the sky?
Answer:
Dut to the refraction, reflection and dispersion of sunlight, when the sunlight passes through the rain drops, we can see the rainbow in the sky.

Question 37.
Can we create a rainbow artificially?
Answer:
Yes, we can create a rainbow artificially.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 104

Question 38.
Why does the light dispersed by the raindrops appear as a bow?
Answer:

  • A rainbow is not the flat two dimensional arc as it appears to us.
  • The rainbow we see is actually a three dimensional cone with the tip of our eye.
  • All the drops that disperse the light towards us lie in the shape of the cone – a cone of different layers.
  • The drops that disperse red colour to our eye are on the outermost layer of the cone, similarly, the drops that disperse orange colour to our eye are on the layer of the cone beneath the red colour cone.
  • In this way the cone responsible for yellow lies beneath orange and so on it till the violet colour cone becomes the innermost cone.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 22 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 23

Question 39.
Why is the sky blue?
Answer:
A clear cloudless day – time sky is blue because molecules in the air scatter blue light from the sun more than thev scatter red liuht.

Question 40.
What is scattering?
A. Atoms or molecules which are exposed to absorb light energy and emit some part of the light energy in different directions is called scattering of light.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 106

Question 41.
Why is that the sky appears white sometimes when you view it in certain direction on hot days?
Answer:

  • On a hot day, due to rise in the temperature, water vapour enters atmosphere which leads to abundant presence of water molecules in atmosphere.
  • These water molecules scatter the colours of other frequencies (other than blue).
  • All such colours of other frequencies reach our eye and the sky appears white.

Question 42.
Do you know the reasons for appearance the red colour of sun during sunrise and at sunset?
(OR)
Sun appears red in colour during sunrise and sunset. Give reason.
(OR)
Why does sky appear red at Sunshine and Sunset?
Answer:

  • The light rays from the sun travel more distance in atmosphere to reach our eye in morning and evening times.
  • During sunrise and sunset except red light all colours scatter more and vanish before they reach us.
  • Since scattering of red light is very less, it reaches us.
  • As a result sun appears red in colour during sunrise and sunset.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 43.
Can you guess the reason why sun does not appear red during noon hours?
Answer:
During noon hours, the distance to be travelled by the sun rays in atmosphere is less than when compared to morning and evening hours. Therefore all colours reach our eye without scattering. Hence the sunlight appears white in noon hours.

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
How do you find least distance of distinct vision?
(OR)
What is the least distance a person can see an object comfortably and distinctly known as ? Write an activity to find that (least, distance of distinct vision) distance.
Answer:

  • The least distance a person can see an object comfortably and distinctly is known as least distance of distinct vision.
  • Hold the textbook at certain distance with your hands.
  • Try to read the contents on the page.
  • Gradually move the book towards eye, till it reaches very close to your eyes.
  • You may see that printed letters on the page appear blurred or you feel strain to read.
  • Now move the book backwards to a position where you can see clear printed letters without strain.
  • Ask your friend to measure distance between your eye and textbook at this position.
  • Note down its value.
  • Repeat this activity with other friends and note down the distances for distinct vision in each case.
  • Find the average of all these distances of clear vision.
  • You will notice that to see an object comfortably and distinctly, you must hold it at a distance about 25 cm from your eyes.
  • This 25 cm distance is called least distance of distinct vision.
  • This value varies from person to person and with age.

Activity – 2

Question 2.
How can you find angle of vision?
(OR)
What is maximun angle a person is able to see whole object? Write an activity to find that angle.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 15

  • The maximum angle, at which we are able to see the whole object is called angle of vision.
  • Arrange a retort stand.
  • Collect a few wooden sticks (or) PVC pipes that are used for electric wiring.
  • Prepare sticks or pipes of 20 cm, 30 cm, 35 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm from them.
  • Keep the retort stand on a table and stand near the table such that vour head is beside the vertical stand.
  • Adjust the clamp on horizontal rod and fix at a distance of 25 cm from the eyes.
  • Ask one of your friends to fix a wooden stick of 30 cm height to the clamp in vertical position.
  • Now keeping your vision parallel to horizontal rod of the stand, try to see the top and bottom of wooden stick kept in vertical position.
  • If you are not able to see both ends of stick at this distance (25 cm), adjust the vertical stick on the horizontal rod till you are able to see both ends of the stick at nearest possible distance from your eye.
  • Fix the clamp to the vertical stick at this position.
  • Without changing the position of the clamp on horizontal rod, replace this stick of 30 cm length.
  • Try to see the top and bottom of the stick simultaneously without any change in the position of eye.
  • Try the same activity with various lengths of the sticks.
  • You can see the whole object AB which is at a distance of 25 cm (least distance of clear vision) because the rays coming from the ends A and B of the object will enter the eye.
  • Similarly we can also see complete object CD with eye as explained above.
  • Let us assume that AB is moving closer to eye to a position A B .
  • You notice that you will be able to see only the part (EF) of the object A B because the rays coming from E and F enter your eye.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 16

  • The rays coming from A and B cannot enter your eye.
  • The rays coming from the extreme ends of an object forms an angle at the eye.
  • If this angle is below 60°, we can see whole object.
  • If this angle is above 60°, then we see only the part of the object.
  • This maximum angle, at which we are able to see the whole object is called angle of vision.
  • The angle of vision for a healthy human being is about 60°.
  • It varies from person to person and with age.

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Describe an activity for dispersion of light.
(OR)
What is the name given to process when white light passes through a prism it splits into different colours ? Explain the process with an activity.
Answer:

  • The splitting of white light into different colours is called despersion of light.
  • Do this experiment in the dark room.
  • Take a prism and place it on the table near a vertical white wall.
  • Take a thin wooden plank.
  • Make a small hole in it and fix it vertically on the table.
  • Place the prism between the wooden plank and wall.
  • Place a white light source behind the hole of wooden plank.
  • Switch on the light.
  • The rays coming out of the hole of plank become a narrow beam of light.
  • Adjust the height of the prism such that the light falls on one of the lateral surfaces.
  • Observe the changes in emerged rays of the prism.
  • Adjust the prism by slightly rotating it till you get an image on the wall.
  • You will observe that white light is splitting into certain different colours.

Activity – 6

Question 4.
Describe an experiment for scattering of light.
(OR)
What is the principle involved in blue of the sky ? Explain the principle with an experiment?
Answer:

  • Take the solution of sodium-thio-Sulphate (hypo) with sulphuric acid in a glass beaker.
  • Place the beaker in which reaction is taking place in an open place where abundant sunlight is available.
  • Watch the formation of grains of sulphur and observe changes in beaker.
  • You will notice that sulphur precipitates as the reaction is in progress.
  • At the beginning, the grains of sulphur are smaller in size as the reaction progresses, their size increases due to precipitation.
  • Sulphur grains appear blue in colour at beginning and slowly their colour becomes white as their size increases.
  • The reason for this is scattering of light.
  • At the beginning, the size of grains is small and almost comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • Hence they appear blue in the beginning.
  • As the size of grains increases, their size becomes comparable to the wavelengths of other colours.
  • As a result of this, they act as scattering centres for other colours.
  • The combination of all these colours appears as white.